1@c Copyright (C) 1988-2021 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
2@c This is part of the GCC manual.
3@c For copying conditions, see the file gcc.texi.
4
5@node Target Macros
6@chapter Target Description Macros and Functions
7@cindex machine description macros
8@cindex target description macros
9@cindex macros, target description
10@cindex @file{tm.h} macros
11
12In addition to the file @file{@var{machine}.md}, a machine description
13includes a C header file conventionally given the name
14@file{@var{machine}.h} and a C source file named @file{@var{machine}.c}.
15The header file defines numerous macros that convey the information
16about the target machine that does not fit into the scheme of the
17@file{.md} file.  The file @file{tm.h} should be a link to
18@file{@var{machine}.h}.  The header file @file{config.h} includes
19@file{tm.h} and most compiler source files include @file{config.h}.  The
20source file defines a variable @code{targetm}, which is a structure
21containing pointers to functions and data relating to the target
22machine.  @file{@var{machine}.c} should also contain their definitions,
23if they are not defined elsewhere in GCC, and other functions called
24through the macros defined in the @file{.h} file.
25
26@menu
27* Target Structure::    The @code{targetm} variable.
28* Driver::              Controlling how the driver runs the compilation passes.
29* Run-time Target::     Defining @samp{-m} options like @option{-m68000} and @option{-m68020}.
30* Per-Function Data::   Defining data structures for per-function information.
31* Storage Layout::      Defining sizes and alignments of data.
32* Type Layout::         Defining sizes and properties of basic user data types.
33* Registers::           Naming and describing the hardware registers.
34* Register Classes::    Defining the classes of hardware registers.
35* Stack and Calling::   Defining which way the stack grows and by how much.
36* Varargs::             Defining the varargs macros.
37* Trampolines::         Code set up at run time to enter a nested function.
38* Library Calls::       Controlling how library routines are implicitly called.
39* Addressing Modes::    Defining addressing modes valid for memory operands.
40* Anchored Addresses::  Defining how @option{-fsection-anchors} should work.
41* Condition Code::      Defining how insns update the condition code.
42* Costs::               Defining relative costs of different operations.
43* Scheduling::          Adjusting the behavior of the instruction scheduler.
44* Sections::            Dividing storage into text, data, and other sections.
45* PIC::                 Macros for position independent code.
46* Assembler Format::    Defining how to write insns and pseudo-ops to output.
47* Debugging Info::      Defining the format of debugging output.
48* Floating Point::      Handling floating point for cross-compilers.
49* Mode Switching::      Insertion of mode-switching instructions.
50* Target Attributes::   Defining target-specific uses of @code{__attribute__}.
51* Emulated TLS::        Emulated TLS support.
52* MIPS Coprocessors::   MIPS coprocessor support and how to customize it.
53* PCH Target::          Validity checking for precompiled headers.
54* C++ ABI::             Controlling C++ ABI changes.
55* D Language and ABI::  Controlling D ABI changes.
56* Named Address Spaces:: Adding support for named address spaces
57* Misc::                Everything else.
58@end menu
59
60@node Target Structure
61@section The Global @code{targetm} Variable
62@cindex target hooks
63@cindex target functions
64
65@deftypevar {struct gcc_target} targetm
66The target @file{.c} file must define the global @code{targetm} variable
67which contains pointers to functions and data relating to the target
68machine.  The variable is declared in @file{target.h};
69@file{target-def.h} defines the macro @code{TARGET_INITIALIZER} which is
70used to initialize the variable, and macros for the default initializers
71for elements of the structure.  The @file{.c} file should override those
72macros for which the default definition is inappropriate.  For example:
73@smallexample
74#include "target.h"
75#include "target-def.h"
76
77/* @r{Initialize the GCC target structure.}  */
78
79#undef TARGET_COMP_TYPE_ATTRIBUTES
80#define TARGET_COMP_TYPE_ATTRIBUTES @var{machine}_comp_type_attributes
81
82struct gcc_target targetm = TARGET_INITIALIZER;
83@end smallexample
84@end deftypevar
85
86Where a macro should be defined in the @file{.c} file in this manner to
87form part of the @code{targetm} structure, it is documented below as a
88``Target Hook'' with a prototype.  Many macros will change in future
89from being defined in the @file{.h} file to being part of the
90@code{targetm} structure.
91
92Similarly, there is a @code{targetcm} variable for hooks that are
93specific to front ends for C-family languages, documented as ``C
94Target Hook''.  This is declared in @file{c-family/c-target.h}, the
95initializer @code{TARGETCM_INITIALIZER} in
96@file{c-family/c-target-def.h}.  If targets initialize @code{targetcm}
97themselves, they should set @code{target_has_targetcm=yes} in
98@file{config.gcc}; otherwise a default definition is used.
99
100Similarly, there is a @code{targetm_common} variable for hooks that
101are shared between the compiler driver and the compilers proper,
102documented as ``Common Target Hook''.  This is declared in
103@file{common/common-target.h}, the initializer
104@code{TARGETM_COMMON_INITIALIZER} in
105@file{common/common-target-def.h}.  If targets initialize
106@code{targetm_common} themselves, they should set
107@code{target_has_targetm_common=yes} in @file{config.gcc}; otherwise a
108default definition is used.
109
110Similarly, there is a @code{targetdm} variable for hooks that are
111specific to the D language front end, documented as ``D Target Hook''.
112This is declared in @file{d/d-target.h}, the initializer
113@code{TARGETDM_INITIALIZER} in @file{d/d-target-def.h}.  If targets
114initialize @code{targetdm} themselves, they should set
115@code{target_has_targetdm=yes} in @file{config.gcc}; otherwise a default
116definition is used.
117
118@node Driver
119@section Controlling the Compilation Driver, @file{gcc}
120@cindex driver
121@cindex controlling the compilation driver
122
123@c prevent bad page break with this line
124You can control the compilation driver.
125
126@defmac DRIVER_SELF_SPECS
127A list of specs for the driver itself.  It should be a suitable
128initializer for an array of strings, with no surrounding braces.
129
130The driver applies these specs to its own command line between loading
131default @file{specs} files (but not command-line specified ones) and
132choosing the multilib directory or running any subcommands.  It
133applies them in the order given, so each spec can depend on the
134options added by earlier ones.  It is also possible to remove options
135using @samp{%<@var{option}} in the usual way.
136
137This macro can be useful when a port has several interdependent target
138options.  It provides a way of standardizing the command line so
139that the other specs are easier to write.
140
141Do not define this macro if it does not need to do anything.
142@end defmac
143
144@defmac OPTION_DEFAULT_SPECS
145A list of specs used to support configure-time default options (i.e.@:
146@option{--with} options) in the driver.  It should be a suitable initializer
147for an array of structures, each containing two strings, without the
148outermost pair of surrounding braces.
149
150The first item in the pair is the name of the default.  This must match
151the code in @file{config.gcc} for the target.  The second item is a spec
152to apply if a default with this name was specified.  The string
153@samp{%(VALUE)} in the spec will be replaced by the value of the default
154everywhere it occurs.
155
156The driver will apply these specs to its own command line between loading
157default @file{specs} files and processing @code{DRIVER_SELF_SPECS}, using
158the same mechanism as @code{DRIVER_SELF_SPECS}.
159
160Do not define this macro if it does not need to do anything.
161@end defmac
162
163@defmac CPP_SPEC
164A C string constant that tells the GCC driver program options to
165pass to CPP@.  It can also specify how to translate options you
166give to GCC into options for GCC to pass to the CPP@.
167
168Do not define this macro if it does not need to do anything.
169@end defmac
170
171@defmac CPLUSPLUS_CPP_SPEC
172This macro is just like @code{CPP_SPEC}, but is used for C++, rather
173than C@.  If you do not define this macro, then the value of
174@code{CPP_SPEC} (if any) will be used instead.
175@end defmac
176
177@defmac CC1_SPEC
178A C string constant that tells the GCC driver program options to
179pass to @code{cc1}, @code{cc1plus}, @code{f771}, and the other language
180front ends.
181It can also specify how to translate options you give to GCC into options
182for GCC to pass to front ends.
183
184Do not define this macro if it does not need to do anything.
185@end defmac
186
187@defmac CC1PLUS_SPEC
188A C string constant that tells the GCC driver program options to
189pass to @code{cc1plus}.  It can also specify how to translate options you
190give to GCC into options for GCC to pass to the @code{cc1plus}.
191
192Do not define this macro if it does not need to do anything.
193Note that everything defined in CC1_SPEC is already passed to
194@code{cc1plus} so there is no need to duplicate the contents of
195CC1_SPEC in CC1PLUS_SPEC@.
196@end defmac
197
198@defmac ASM_SPEC
199A C string constant that tells the GCC driver program options to
200pass to the assembler.  It can also specify how to translate options
201you give to GCC into options for GCC to pass to the assembler.
202See the file @file{sun3.h} for an example of this.
203
204Do not define this macro if it does not need to do anything.
205@end defmac
206
207@defmac ASM_FINAL_SPEC
208A C string constant that tells the GCC driver program how to
209run any programs which cleanup after the normal assembler.
210Normally, this is not needed.  See the file @file{mips.h} for
211an example of this.
212
213Do not define this macro if it does not need to do anything.
214@end defmac
215
216@defmac AS_NEEDS_DASH_FOR_PIPED_INPUT
217Define this macro, with no value, if the driver should give the assembler
218an argument consisting of a single dash, @option{-}, to instruct it to
219read from its standard input (which will be a pipe connected to the
220output of the compiler proper).  This argument is given after any
221@option{-o} option specifying the name of the output file.
222
223If you do not define this macro, the assembler is assumed to read its
224standard input if given no non-option arguments.  If your assembler
225cannot read standard input at all, use a @samp{%@{pipe:%e@}} construct;
226see @file{mips.h} for instance.
227@end defmac
228
229@defmac LINK_SPEC
230A C string constant that tells the GCC driver program options to
231pass to the linker.  It can also specify how to translate options you
232give to GCC into options for GCC to pass to the linker.
233
234Do not define this macro if it does not need to do anything.
235@end defmac
236
237@defmac LIB_SPEC
238Another C string constant used much like @code{LINK_SPEC}.  The difference
239between the two is that @code{LIB_SPEC} is used at the end of the
240command given to the linker.
241
242If this macro is not defined, a default is provided that
243loads the standard C library from the usual place.  See @file{gcc.c}.
244@end defmac
245
246@defmac LIBGCC_SPEC
247Another C string constant that tells the GCC driver program
248how and when to place a reference to @file{libgcc.a} into the
249linker command line.  This constant is placed both before and after
250the value of @code{LIB_SPEC}.
251
252If this macro is not defined, the GCC driver provides a default that
253passes the string @option{-lgcc} to the linker.
254@end defmac
255
256@defmac REAL_LIBGCC_SPEC
257By default, if @code{ENABLE_SHARED_LIBGCC} is defined, the
258@code{LIBGCC_SPEC} is not directly used by the driver program but is
259instead modified to refer to different versions of @file{libgcc.a}
260depending on the values of the command line flags @option{-static},
261@option{-shared}, @option{-static-libgcc}, and @option{-shared-libgcc}.  On
262targets where these modifications are inappropriate, define
263@code{REAL_LIBGCC_SPEC} instead.  @code{REAL_LIBGCC_SPEC} tells the
264driver how to place a reference to @file{libgcc} on the link command
265line, but, unlike @code{LIBGCC_SPEC}, it is used unmodified.
266@end defmac
267
268@defmac USE_LD_AS_NEEDED
269A macro that controls the modifications to @code{LIBGCC_SPEC}
270mentioned in @code{REAL_LIBGCC_SPEC}.  If nonzero, a spec will be
271generated that uses @option{--as-needed} or equivalent options and the
272shared @file{libgcc} in place of the
273static exception handler library, when linking without any of
274@code{-static}, @code{-static-libgcc}, or @code{-shared-libgcc}.
275@end defmac
276
277@defmac LINK_EH_SPEC
278If defined, this C string constant is added to @code{LINK_SPEC}.
279When @code{USE_LD_AS_NEEDED} is zero or undefined, it also affects
280the modifications to @code{LIBGCC_SPEC} mentioned in
281@code{REAL_LIBGCC_SPEC}.
282@end defmac
283
284@defmac STARTFILE_SPEC
285Another C string constant used much like @code{LINK_SPEC}.  The
286difference between the two is that @code{STARTFILE_SPEC} is used at
287the very beginning of the command given to the linker.
288
289If this macro is not defined, a default is provided that loads the
290standard C startup file from the usual place.  See @file{gcc.c}.
291@end defmac
292
293@defmac ENDFILE_SPEC
294Another C string constant used much like @code{LINK_SPEC}.  The
295difference between the two is that @code{ENDFILE_SPEC} is used at
296the very end of the command given to the linker.
297
298Do not define this macro if it does not need to do anything.
299@end defmac
300
301@defmac THREAD_MODEL_SPEC
302GCC @code{-v} will print the thread model GCC was configured to use.
303However, this doesn't work on platforms that are multilibbed on thread
304models, such as AIX 4.3.  On such platforms, define
305@code{THREAD_MODEL_SPEC} such that it evaluates to a string without
306blanks that names one of the recognized thread models.  @code{%*}, the
307default value of this macro, will expand to the value of
308@code{thread_file} set in @file{config.gcc}.
309@end defmac
310
311@defmac SYSROOT_SUFFIX_SPEC
312Define this macro to add a suffix to the target sysroot when GCC is
313configured with a sysroot.  This will cause GCC to search for usr/lib,
314et al, within sysroot+suffix.
315@end defmac
316
317@defmac SYSROOT_HEADERS_SUFFIX_SPEC
318Define this macro to add a headers_suffix to the target sysroot when
319GCC is configured with a sysroot.  This will cause GCC to pass the
320updated sysroot+headers_suffix to CPP, causing it to search for
321usr/include, et al, within sysroot+headers_suffix.
322@end defmac
323
324@defmac EXTRA_SPECS
325Define this macro to provide additional specifications to put in the
326@file{specs} file that can be used in various specifications like
327@code{CC1_SPEC}.
328
329The definition should be an initializer for an array of structures,
330containing a string constant, that defines the specification name, and a
331string constant that provides the specification.
332
333Do not define this macro if it does not need to do anything.
334
335@code{EXTRA_SPECS} is useful when an architecture contains several
336related targets, which have various @code{@dots{}_SPECS} which are similar
337to each other, and the maintainer would like one central place to keep
338these definitions.
339
340For example, the PowerPC System V.4 targets use @code{EXTRA_SPECS} to
341define either @code{_CALL_SYSV} when the System V calling sequence is
342used or @code{_CALL_AIX} when the older AIX-based calling sequence is
343used.
344
345The @file{config/rs6000/rs6000.h} target file defines:
346
347@smallexample
348#define EXTRA_SPECS \
349  @{ "cpp_sysv_default", CPP_SYSV_DEFAULT @},
350
351#define CPP_SYS_DEFAULT ""
352@end smallexample
353
354The @file{config/rs6000/sysv.h} target file defines:
355@smallexample
356#undef CPP_SPEC
357#define CPP_SPEC \
358"%@{posix: -D_POSIX_SOURCE @} \
359%@{mcall-sysv: -D_CALL_SYSV @} \
360%@{!mcall-sysv: %(cpp_sysv_default) @} \
361%@{msoft-float: -D_SOFT_FLOAT@} %@{mcpu=403: -D_SOFT_FLOAT@}"
362
363#undef CPP_SYSV_DEFAULT
364#define CPP_SYSV_DEFAULT "-D_CALL_SYSV"
365@end smallexample
366
367while the @file{config/rs6000/eabiaix.h} target file defines
368@code{CPP_SYSV_DEFAULT} as:
369
370@smallexample
371#undef CPP_SYSV_DEFAULT
372#define CPP_SYSV_DEFAULT "-D_CALL_AIX"
373@end smallexample
374@end defmac
375
376@defmac LINK_LIBGCC_SPECIAL_1
377Define this macro if the driver program should find the library
378@file{libgcc.a}.  If you do not define this macro, the driver program will pass
379the argument @option{-lgcc} to tell the linker to do the search.
380@end defmac
381
382@defmac LINK_GCC_C_SEQUENCE_SPEC
383The sequence in which libgcc and libc are specified to the linker.
384By default this is @code{%G %L %G}.
385@end defmac
386
387@defmac POST_LINK_SPEC
388Define this macro to add additional steps to be executed after linker.
389The default value of this macro is empty string.
390@end defmac
391
392@defmac LINK_COMMAND_SPEC
393A C string constant giving the complete command line need to execute the
394linker.  When you do this, you will need to update your port each time a
395change is made to the link command line within @file{gcc.c}.  Therefore,
396define this macro only if you need to completely redefine the command
397line for invoking the linker and there is no other way to accomplish
398the effect you need.  Overriding this macro may be avoidable by overriding
399@code{LINK_GCC_C_SEQUENCE_SPEC} instead.
400@end defmac
401
402@hook TARGET_ALWAYS_STRIP_DOTDOT
403
404@defmac MULTILIB_DEFAULTS
405Define this macro as a C expression for the initializer of an array of
406string to tell the driver program which options are defaults for this
407target and thus do not need to be handled specially when using
408@code{MULTILIB_OPTIONS}.
409
410Do not define this macro if @code{MULTILIB_OPTIONS} is not defined in
411the target makefile fragment or if none of the options listed in
412@code{MULTILIB_OPTIONS} are set by default.
413@xref{Target Fragment}.
414@end defmac
415
416@defmac RELATIVE_PREFIX_NOT_LINKDIR
417Define this macro to tell @command{gcc} that it should only translate
418a @option{-B} prefix into a @option{-L} linker option if the prefix
419indicates an absolute file name.
420@end defmac
421
422@defmac MD_EXEC_PREFIX
423If defined, this macro is an additional prefix to try after
424@code{STANDARD_EXEC_PREFIX}.  @code{MD_EXEC_PREFIX} is not searched
425when the compiler is built as a cross
426compiler.  If you define @code{MD_EXEC_PREFIX}, then be sure to add it
427to the list of directories used to find the assembler in @file{configure.ac}.
428@end defmac
429
430@defmac STANDARD_STARTFILE_PREFIX
431Define this macro as a C string constant if you wish to override the
432standard choice of @code{libdir} as the default prefix to
433try when searching for startup files such as @file{crt0.o}.
434@code{STANDARD_STARTFILE_PREFIX} is not searched when the compiler
435is built as a cross compiler.
436@end defmac
437
438@defmac STANDARD_STARTFILE_PREFIX_1
439Define this macro as a C string constant if you wish to override the
440standard choice of @code{/lib} as a prefix to try after the default prefix
441when searching for startup files such as @file{crt0.o}.
442@code{STANDARD_STARTFILE_PREFIX_1} is not searched when the compiler
443is built as a cross compiler.
444@end defmac
445
446@defmac STANDARD_STARTFILE_PREFIX_2
447Define this macro as a C string constant if you wish to override the
448standard choice of @code{/lib} as yet another prefix to try after the
449default prefix when searching for startup files such as @file{crt0.o}.
450@code{STANDARD_STARTFILE_PREFIX_2} is not searched when the compiler
451is built as a cross compiler.
452@end defmac
453
454@defmac MD_STARTFILE_PREFIX
455If defined, this macro supplies an additional prefix to try after the
456standard prefixes.  @code{MD_EXEC_PREFIX} is not searched when the
457compiler is built as a cross compiler.
458@end defmac
459
460@defmac MD_STARTFILE_PREFIX_1
461If defined, this macro supplies yet another prefix to try after the
462standard prefixes.  It is not searched when the compiler is built as a
463cross compiler.
464@end defmac
465
466@defmac INIT_ENVIRONMENT
467Define this macro as a C string constant if you wish to set environment
468variables for programs called by the driver, such as the assembler and
469loader.  The driver passes the value of this macro to @code{putenv} to
470initialize the necessary environment variables.
471@end defmac
472
473@defmac LOCAL_INCLUDE_DIR
474Define this macro as a C string constant if you wish to override the
475standard choice of @file{/usr/local/include} as the default prefix to
476try when searching for local header files.  @code{LOCAL_INCLUDE_DIR}
477comes before @code{NATIVE_SYSTEM_HEADER_DIR} (set in
478@file{config.gcc}, normally @file{/usr/include}) in the search order.
479
480Cross compilers do not search either @file{/usr/local/include} or its
481replacement.
482@end defmac
483
484@defmac NATIVE_SYSTEM_HEADER_COMPONENT
485The ``component'' corresponding to @code{NATIVE_SYSTEM_HEADER_DIR}.
486See @code{INCLUDE_DEFAULTS}, below, for the description of components.
487If you do not define this macro, no component is used.
488@end defmac
489
490@defmac INCLUDE_DEFAULTS
491Define this macro if you wish to override the entire default search path
492for include files.  For a native compiler, the default search path
493usually consists of @code{GCC_INCLUDE_DIR}, @code{LOCAL_INCLUDE_DIR},
494@code{GPLUSPLUS_INCLUDE_DIR}, and
495@code{NATIVE_SYSTEM_HEADER_DIR}.  In addition, @code{GPLUSPLUS_INCLUDE_DIR}
496and @code{GCC_INCLUDE_DIR} are defined automatically by @file{Makefile},
497and specify private search areas for GCC@.  The directory
498@code{GPLUSPLUS_INCLUDE_DIR} is used only for C++ programs.
499
500The definition should be an initializer for an array of structures.
501Each array element should have four elements: the directory name (a
502string constant), the component name (also a string constant), a flag
503for C++-only directories,
504and a flag showing that the includes in the directory don't need to be
505wrapped in @code{extern @samp{C}} when compiling C++.  Mark the end of
506the array with a null element.
507
508The component name denotes what GNU package the include file is part of,
509if any, in all uppercase letters.  For example, it might be @samp{GCC}
510or @samp{BINUTILS}.  If the package is part of a vendor-supplied
511operating system, code the component name as @samp{0}.
512
513For example, here is the definition used for VAX/VMS:
514
515@smallexample
516#define INCLUDE_DEFAULTS \
517@{                                       \
518  @{ "GNU_GXX_INCLUDE:", "G++", 1, 1@},   \
519  @{ "GNU_CC_INCLUDE:", "GCC", 0, 0@},    \
520  @{ "SYS$SYSROOT:[SYSLIB.]", 0, 0, 0@},  \
521  @{ ".", 0, 0, 0@},                      \
522  @{ 0, 0, 0, 0@}                         \
523@}
524@end smallexample
525@end defmac
526
527Here is the order of prefixes tried for exec files:
528
529@enumerate
530@item
531Any prefixes specified by the user with @option{-B}.
532
533@item
534The environment variable @code{GCC_EXEC_PREFIX} or, if @code{GCC_EXEC_PREFIX}
535is not set and the compiler has not been installed in the configure-time
536@var{prefix}, the location in which the compiler has actually been installed.
537
538@item
539The directories specified by the environment variable @code{COMPILER_PATH}.
540
541@item
542The macro @code{STANDARD_EXEC_PREFIX}, if the compiler has been installed
543in the configured-time @var{prefix}.
544
545@item
546The location @file{/usr/libexec/gcc/}, but only if this is a native compiler.
547
548@item
549The location @file{/usr/lib/gcc/}, but only if this is a native compiler.
550
551@item
552The macro @code{MD_EXEC_PREFIX}, if defined, but only if this is a native
553compiler.
554@end enumerate
555
556Here is the order of prefixes tried for startfiles:
557
558@enumerate
559@item
560Any prefixes specified by the user with @option{-B}.
561
562@item
563The environment variable @code{GCC_EXEC_PREFIX} or its automatically determined
564value based on the installed toolchain location.
565
566@item
567The directories specified by the environment variable @code{LIBRARY_PATH}
568(or port-specific name; native only, cross compilers do not use this).
569
570@item
571The macro @code{STANDARD_EXEC_PREFIX}, but only if the toolchain is installed
572in the configured @var{prefix} or this is a native compiler.
573
574@item
575The location @file{/usr/lib/gcc/}, but only if this is a native compiler.
576
577@item
578The macro @code{MD_EXEC_PREFIX}, if defined, but only if this is a native
579compiler.
580
581@item
582The macro @code{MD_STARTFILE_PREFIX}, if defined, but only if this is a
583native compiler, or we have a target system root.
584
585@item
586The macro @code{MD_STARTFILE_PREFIX_1}, if defined, but only if this is a
587native compiler, or we have a target system root.
588
589@item
590The macro @code{STANDARD_STARTFILE_PREFIX}, with any sysroot modifications.
591If this path is relative it will be prefixed by @code{GCC_EXEC_PREFIX} and
592the machine suffix or @code{STANDARD_EXEC_PREFIX} and the machine suffix.
593
594@item
595The macro @code{STANDARD_STARTFILE_PREFIX_1}, but only if this is a native
596compiler, or we have a target system root. The default for this macro is
597@file{/lib/}.
598
599@item
600The macro @code{STANDARD_STARTFILE_PREFIX_2}, but only if this is a native
601compiler, or we have a target system root. The default for this macro is
602@file{/usr/lib/}.
603@end enumerate
604
605@node Run-time Target
606@section Run-time Target Specification
607@cindex run-time target specification
608@cindex predefined macros
609@cindex target specifications
610
611@c prevent bad page break with this line
612Here are run-time target specifications.
613
614@defmac TARGET_CPU_CPP_BUILTINS ()
615This function-like macro expands to a block of code that defines
616built-in preprocessor macros and assertions for the target CPU, using
617the functions @code{builtin_define}, @code{builtin_define_std} and
618@code{builtin_assert}.  When the front end
619calls this macro it provides a trailing semicolon, and since it has
620finished command line option processing your code can use those
621results freely.
622
623@code{builtin_assert} takes a string in the form you pass to the
624command-line option @option{-A}, such as @code{cpu=mips}, and creates
625the assertion.  @code{builtin_define} takes a string in the form
626accepted by option @option{-D} and unconditionally defines the macro.
627
628@code{builtin_define_std} takes a string representing the name of an
629object-like macro.  If it doesn't lie in the user's namespace,
630@code{builtin_define_std} defines it unconditionally.  Otherwise, it
631defines a version with two leading underscores, and another version
632with two leading and trailing underscores, and defines the original
633only if an ISO standard was not requested on the command line.  For
634example, passing @code{unix} defines @code{__unix}, @code{__unix__}
635and possibly @code{unix}; passing @code{_mips} defines @code{__mips},
636@code{__mips__} and possibly @code{_mips}, and passing @code{_ABI64}
637defines only @code{_ABI64}.
638
639You can also test for the C dialect being compiled.  The variable
640@code{c_language} is set to one of @code{clk_c}, @code{clk_cplusplus}
641or @code{clk_objective_c}.  Note that if we are preprocessing
642assembler, this variable will be @code{clk_c} but the function-like
643macro @code{preprocessing_asm_p()} will return true, so you might want
644to check for that first.  If you need to check for strict ANSI, the
645variable @code{flag_iso} can be used.  The function-like macro
646@code{preprocessing_trad_p()} can be used to check for traditional
647preprocessing.
648@end defmac
649
650@defmac TARGET_OS_CPP_BUILTINS ()
651Similarly to @code{TARGET_CPU_CPP_BUILTINS} but this macro is optional
652and is used for the target operating system instead.
653@end defmac
654
655@defmac TARGET_OBJFMT_CPP_BUILTINS ()
656Similarly to @code{TARGET_CPU_CPP_BUILTINS} but this macro is optional
657and is used for the target object format.  @file{elfos.h} uses this
658macro to define @code{__ELF__}, so you probably do not need to define
659it yourself.
660@end defmac
661
662@deftypevar {extern int} target_flags
663This variable is declared in @file{options.h}, which is included before
664any target-specific headers.
665@end deftypevar
666
667@hook TARGET_DEFAULT_TARGET_FLAGS
668This variable specifies the initial value of @code{target_flags}.
669Its default setting is 0.
670@end deftypevr
671
672@cindex optional hardware or system features
673@cindex features, optional, in system conventions
674
675@hook TARGET_HANDLE_OPTION
676This hook is called whenever the user specifies one of the
677target-specific options described by the @file{.opt} definition files
678(@pxref{Options}).  It has the opportunity to do some option-specific
679processing and should return true if the option is valid.  The default
680definition does nothing but return true.
681
682@var{decoded} specifies the option and its arguments.  @var{opts} and
683@var{opts_set} are the @code{gcc_options} structures to be used for
684storing option state, and @var{loc} is the location at which the
685option was passed (@code{UNKNOWN_LOCATION} except for options passed
686via attributes).
687@end deftypefn
688
689@hook TARGET_HANDLE_C_OPTION
690This target hook is called whenever the user specifies one of the
691target-specific C language family options described by the @file{.opt}
692definition files(@pxref{Options}).  It has the opportunity to do some
693option-specific processing and should return true if the option is
694valid.  The arguments are like for @code{TARGET_HANDLE_OPTION}.  The
695default definition does nothing but return false.
696
697In general, you should use @code{TARGET_HANDLE_OPTION} to handle
698options.  However, if processing an option requires routines that are
699only available in the C (and related language) front ends, then you
700should use @code{TARGET_HANDLE_C_OPTION} instead.
701@end deftypefn
702
703@hook TARGET_OBJC_CONSTRUCT_STRING_OBJECT
704
705@hook TARGET_OBJC_DECLARE_UNRESOLVED_CLASS_REFERENCE
706
707@hook TARGET_OBJC_DECLARE_CLASS_DEFINITION
708
709@hook TARGET_STRING_OBJECT_REF_TYPE_P
710
711@hook TARGET_CHECK_STRING_OBJECT_FORMAT_ARG
712
713@hook TARGET_OVERRIDE_OPTIONS_AFTER_CHANGE
714
715@defmac C_COMMON_OVERRIDE_OPTIONS
716This is similar to the @code{TARGET_OPTION_OVERRIDE} hook
717but is only used in the C
718language frontends (C, Objective-C, C++, Objective-C++) and so can be
719used to alter option flag variables which only exist in those
720frontends.
721@end defmac
722
723@hook TARGET_OPTION_OPTIMIZATION_TABLE
724Some machines may desire to change what optimizations are performed for
725various optimization levels.   This variable, if defined, describes
726options to enable at particular sets of optimization levels.  These
727options are processed once
728just after the optimization level is determined and before the remainder
729of the command options have been parsed, so may be overridden by other
730options passed explicitly.
731
732This processing is run once at program startup and when the optimization
733options are changed via @code{#pragma GCC optimize} or by using the
734@code{optimize} attribute.
735@end deftypevr
736
737@hook TARGET_OPTION_INIT_STRUCT
738
739@defmac SWITCHABLE_TARGET
740Some targets need to switch between substantially different subtargets
741during compilation.  For example, the MIPS target has one subtarget for
742the traditional MIPS architecture and another for MIPS16.  Source code
743can switch between these two subarchitectures using the @code{mips16}
744and @code{nomips16} attributes.
745
746Such subtargets can differ in things like the set of available
747registers, the set of available instructions, the costs of various
748operations, and so on.  GCC caches a lot of this type of information
749in global variables, and recomputing them for each subtarget takes a
750significant amount of time.  The compiler therefore provides a facility
751for maintaining several versions of the global variables and quickly
752switching between them; see @file{target-globals.h} for details.
753
754Define this macro to 1 if your target needs this facility.  The default
755is 0.
756@end defmac
757
758@hook TARGET_FLOAT_EXCEPTIONS_ROUNDING_SUPPORTED_P
759
760@node Per-Function Data
761@section Defining data structures for per-function information.
762@cindex per-function data
763@cindex data structures
764
765If the target needs to store information on a per-function basis, GCC
766provides a macro and a couple of variables to allow this.  Note, just
767using statics to store the information is a bad idea, since GCC supports
768nested functions, so you can be halfway through encoding one function
769when another one comes along.
770
771GCC defines a data structure called @code{struct function} which
772contains all of the data specific to an individual function.  This
773structure contains a field called @code{machine} whose type is
774@code{struct machine_function *}, which can be used by targets to point
775to their own specific data.
776
777If a target needs per-function specific data it should define the type
778@code{struct machine_function} and also the macro @code{INIT_EXPANDERS}.
779This macro should be used to initialize the function pointer
780@code{init_machine_status}.  This pointer is explained below.
781
782One typical use of per-function, target specific data is to create an
783RTX to hold the register containing the function's return address.  This
784RTX can then be used to implement the @code{__builtin_return_address}
785function, for level 0.
786
787Note---earlier implementations of GCC used a single data area to hold
788all of the per-function information.  Thus when processing of a nested
789function began the old per-function data had to be pushed onto a
790stack, and when the processing was finished, it had to be popped off the
791stack.  GCC used to provide function pointers called
792@code{save_machine_status} and @code{restore_machine_status} to handle
793the saving and restoring of the target specific information.  Since the
794single data area approach is no longer used, these pointers are no
795longer supported.
796
797@defmac INIT_EXPANDERS
798Macro called to initialize any target specific information.  This macro
799is called once per function, before generation of any RTL has begun.
800The intention of this macro is to allow the initialization of the
801function pointer @code{init_machine_status}.
802@end defmac
803
804@deftypevar {void (*)(struct function *)} init_machine_status
805If this function pointer is non-@code{NULL} it will be called once per
806function, before function compilation starts, in order to allow the
807target to perform any target specific initialization of the
808@code{struct function} structure.  It is intended that this would be
809used to initialize the @code{machine} of that structure.
810
811@code{struct machine_function} structures are expected to be freed by GC@.
812Generally, any memory that they reference must be allocated by using
813GC allocation, including the structure itself.
814@end deftypevar
815
816@node Storage Layout
817@section Storage Layout
818@cindex storage layout
819
820Note that the definitions of the macros in this table which are sizes or
821alignments measured in bits do not need to be constant.  They can be C
822expressions that refer to static variables, such as the @code{target_flags}.
823@xref{Run-time Target}.
824
825@defmac BITS_BIG_ENDIAN
826Define this macro to have the value 1 if the most significant bit in a
827byte has the lowest number; otherwise define it to have the value zero.
828This means that bit-field instructions count from the most significant
829bit.  If the machine has no bit-field instructions, then this must still
830be defined, but it doesn't matter which value it is defined to.  This
831macro need not be a constant.
832
833This macro does not affect the way structure fields are packed into
834bytes or words; that is controlled by @code{BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN}.
835@end defmac
836
837@defmac BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN
838Define this macro to have the value 1 if the most significant byte in a
839word has the lowest number.  This macro need not be a constant.
840@end defmac
841
842@defmac WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN
843Define this macro to have the value 1 if, in a multiword object, the
844most significant word has the lowest number.  This applies to both
845memory locations and registers; see @code{REG_WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN} if the
846order of words in memory is not the same as the order in registers.  This
847macro need not be a constant.
848@end defmac
849
850@defmac REG_WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN
851On some machines, the order of words in a multiword object differs between
852registers in memory.  In such a situation, define this macro to describe
853the order of words in a register.  The macro @code{WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN} controls
854the order of words in memory.
855@end defmac
856
857@defmac FLOAT_WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN
858Define this macro to have the value 1 if @code{DFmode}, @code{XFmode} or
859@code{TFmode} floating point numbers are stored in memory with the word
860containing the sign bit at the lowest address; otherwise define it to
861have the value 0.  This macro need not be a constant.
862
863You need not define this macro if the ordering is the same as for
864multi-word integers.
865@end defmac
866
867@defmac BITS_PER_WORD
868Number of bits in a word.  If you do not define this macro, the default
869is @code{BITS_PER_UNIT * UNITS_PER_WORD}.
870@end defmac
871
872@defmac MAX_BITS_PER_WORD
873Maximum number of bits in a word.  If this is undefined, the default is
874@code{BITS_PER_WORD}.  Otherwise, it is the constant value that is the
875largest value that @code{BITS_PER_WORD} can have at run-time.
876@end defmac
877
878@defmac UNITS_PER_WORD
879Number of storage units in a word; normally the size of a general-purpose
880register, a power of two from 1 or 8.
881@end defmac
882
883@defmac MIN_UNITS_PER_WORD
884Minimum number of units in a word.  If this is undefined, the default is
885@code{UNITS_PER_WORD}.  Otherwise, it is the constant value that is the
886smallest value that @code{UNITS_PER_WORD} can have at run-time.
887@end defmac
888
889@defmac POINTER_SIZE
890Width of a pointer, in bits.  You must specify a value no wider than the
891width of @code{Pmode}.  If it is not equal to the width of @code{Pmode},
892you must define @code{POINTERS_EXTEND_UNSIGNED}.  If you do not specify
893a value the default is @code{BITS_PER_WORD}.
894@end defmac
895
896@defmac POINTERS_EXTEND_UNSIGNED
897A C expression that determines how pointers should be extended from
898@code{ptr_mode} to either @code{Pmode} or @code{word_mode}.  It is
899greater than zero if pointers should be zero-extended, zero if they
900should be sign-extended, and negative if some other sort of conversion
901is needed.  In the last case, the extension is done by the target's
902@code{ptr_extend} instruction.
903
904You need not define this macro if the @code{ptr_mode}, @code{Pmode}
905and @code{word_mode} are all the same width.
906@end defmac
907
908@defmac PROMOTE_MODE (@var{m}, @var{unsignedp}, @var{type})
909A macro to update @var{m} and @var{unsignedp} when an object whose type
910is @var{type} and which has the specified mode and signedness is to be
911stored in a register.  This macro is only called when @var{type} is a
912scalar type.
913
914On most RISC machines, which only have operations that operate on a full
915register, define this macro to set @var{m} to @code{word_mode} if
916@var{m} is an integer mode narrower than @code{BITS_PER_WORD}.  In most
917cases, only integer modes should be widened because wider-precision
918floating-point operations are usually more expensive than their narrower
919counterparts.
920
921For most machines, the macro definition does not change @var{unsignedp}.
922However, some machines, have instructions that preferentially handle
923either signed or unsigned quantities of certain modes.  For example, on
924the DEC Alpha, 32-bit loads from memory and 32-bit add instructions
925sign-extend the result to 64 bits.  On such machines, set
926@var{unsignedp} according to which kind of extension is more efficient.
927
928Do not define this macro if it would never modify @var{m}.
929@end defmac
930
931@hook TARGET_C_EXCESS_PRECISION
932
933@hook TARGET_PROMOTE_FUNCTION_MODE
934
935@defmac PARM_BOUNDARY
936Normal alignment required for function parameters on the stack, in
937bits.  All stack parameters receive at least this much alignment
938regardless of data type.  On most machines, this is the same as the
939size of an integer.
940@end defmac
941
942@defmac STACK_BOUNDARY
943Define this macro to the minimum alignment enforced by hardware for the
944stack pointer on this machine.  The definition is a C expression for the
945desired alignment (measured in bits).  This value is used as a default
946if @code{PREFERRED_STACK_BOUNDARY} is not defined.  On most machines,
947this should be the same as @code{PARM_BOUNDARY}.
948@end defmac
949
950@defmac PREFERRED_STACK_BOUNDARY
951Define this macro if you wish to preserve a certain alignment for the
952stack pointer, greater than what the hardware enforces.  The definition
953is a C expression for the desired alignment (measured in bits).  This
954macro must evaluate to a value equal to or larger than
955@code{STACK_BOUNDARY}.
956@end defmac
957
958@defmac INCOMING_STACK_BOUNDARY
959Define this macro if the incoming stack boundary may be different
960from @code{PREFERRED_STACK_BOUNDARY}.  This macro must evaluate
961to a value equal to or larger than @code{STACK_BOUNDARY}.
962@end defmac
963
964@defmac FUNCTION_BOUNDARY
965Alignment required for a function entry point, in bits.
966@end defmac
967
968@defmac BIGGEST_ALIGNMENT
969Biggest alignment that any data type can require on this machine, in
970bits.  Note that this is not the biggest alignment that is supported,
971just the biggest alignment that, when violated, may cause a fault.
972@end defmac
973
974@hook TARGET_ABSOLUTE_BIGGEST_ALIGNMENT
975
976@defmac MALLOC_ABI_ALIGNMENT
977Alignment, in bits, a C conformant malloc implementation has to
978provide.  If not defined, the default value is @code{BITS_PER_WORD}.
979@end defmac
980
981@defmac ATTRIBUTE_ALIGNED_VALUE
982Alignment used by the @code{__attribute__ ((aligned))} construct.  If
983not defined, the default value is @code{BIGGEST_ALIGNMENT}.
984@end defmac
985
986@defmac MINIMUM_ATOMIC_ALIGNMENT
987If defined, the smallest alignment, in bits, that can be given to an
988object that can be referenced in one operation, without disturbing any
989nearby object.  Normally, this is @code{BITS_PER_UNIT}, but may be larger
990on machines that don't have byte or half-word store operations.
991@end defmac
992
993@defmac BIGGEST_FIELD_ALIGNMENT
994Biggest alignment that any structure or union field can require on this
995machine, in bits.  If defined, this overrides @code{BIGGEST_ALIGNMENT} for
996structure and union fields only, unless the field alignment has been set
997by the @code{__attribute__ ((aligned (@var{n})))} construct.
998@end defmac
999
1000@defmac ADJUST_FIELD_ALIGN (@var{field}, @var{type}, @var{computed})
1001An expression for the alignment of a structure field @var{field} of
1002type @var{type} if the alignment computed in the usual way (including
1003applying of @code{BIGGEST_ALIGNMENT} and @code{BIGGEST_FIELD_ALIGNMENT} to the
1004alignment) is @var{computed}.  It overrides alignment only if the
1005field alignment has not been set by the
1006@code{__attribute__ ((aligned (@var{n})))} construct.  Note that @var{field}
1007may be @code{NULL_TREE} in case we just query for the minimum alignment
1008of a field of type @var{type} in structure context.
1009@end defmac
1010
1011@defmac MAX_STACK_ALIGNMENT
1012Biggest stack alignment guaranteed by the backend.  Use this macro
1013to specify the maximum alignment of a variable on stack.
1014
1015If not defined, the default value is @code{STACK_BOUNDARY}.
1016
1017@c FIXME: The default should be @code{PREFERRED_STACK_BOUNDARY}.
1018@c But the fix for PR 32893 indicates that we can only guarantee
1019@c maximum stack alignment on stack up to @code{STACK_BOUNDARY}, not
1020@c @code{PREFERRED_STACK_BOUNDARY}, if stack alignment isn't supported.
1021@end defmac
1022
1023@defmac MAX_OFILE_ALIGNMENT
1024Biggest alignment supported by the object file format of this machine.
1025Use this macro to limit the alignment which can be specified using the
1026@code{__attribute__ ((aligned (@var{n})))} construct for functions and
1027objects with static storage duration.  The alignment of automatic
1028objects may exceed the object file format maximum up to the maximum
1029supported by GCC.  If not defined, the default value is
1030@code{BIGGEST_ALIGNMENT}.
1031
1032On systems that use ELF, the default (in @file{config/elfos.h}) is
1033the largest supported 32-bit ELF section alignment representable on
1034a 32-bit host e.g.@: @samp{(((uint64_t) 1 << 28) * 8)}.
1035On 32-bit ELF the largest supported section alignment in bits is
1036@samp{(0x80000000 * 8)}, but this is not representable on 32-bit hosts.
1037@end defmac
1038
1039@hook TARGET_LOWER_LOCAL_DECL_ALIGNMENT
1040
1041@hook TARGET_STATIC_RTX_ALIGNMENT
1042
1043@defmac DATA_ALIGNMENT (@var{type}, @var{basic-align})
1044If defined, a C expression to compute the alignment for a variable in
1045the static store.  @var{type} is the data type, and @var{basic-align} is
1046the alignment that the object would ordinarily have.  The value of this
1047macro is used instead of that alignment to align the object.
1048
1049If this macro is not defined, then @var{basic-align} is used.
1050
1051@findex strcpy
1052One use of this macro is to increase alignment of medium-size data to
1053make it all fit in fewer cache lines.  Another is to cause character
1054arrays to be word-aligned so that @code{strcpy} calls that copy
1055constants to character arrays can be done inline.
1056@end defmac
1057
1058@defmac DATA_ABI_ALIGNMENT (@var{type}, @var{basic-align})
1059Similar to @code{DATA_ALIGNMENT}, but for the cases where the ABI mandates
1060some alignment increase, instead of optimization only purposes.  E.g.@
1061AMD x86-64 psABI says that variables with array type larger than 15 bytes
1062must be aligned to 16 byte boundaries.
1063
1064If this macro is not defined, then @var{basic-align} is used.
1065@end defmac
1066
1067@hook TARGET_CONSTANT_ALIGNMENT
1068
1069@defmac LOCAL_ALIGNMENT (@var{type}, @var{basic-align})
1070If defined, a C expression to compute the alignment for a variable in
1071the local store.  @var{type} is the data type, and @var{basic-align} is
1072the alignment that the object would ordinarily have.  The value of this
1073macro is used instead of that alignment to align the object.
1074
1075If this macro is not defined, then @var{basic-align} is used.
1076
1077One use of this macro is to increase alignment of medium-size data to
1078make it all fit in fewer cache lines.
1079
1080If the value of this macro has a type, it should be an unsigned type.
1081@end defmac
1082
1083@hook TARGET_VECTOR_ALIGNMENT
1084
1085@defmac STACK_SLOT_ALIGNMENT (@var{type}, @var{mode}, @var{basic-align})
1086If defined, a C expression to compute the alignment for stack slot.
1087@var{type} is the data type, @var{mode} is the widest mode available,
1088and @var{basic-align} is the alignment that the slot would ordinarily
1089have.  The value of this macro is used instead of that alignment to
1090align the slot.
1091
1092If this macro is not defined, then @var{basic-align} is used when
1093@var{type} is @code{NULL}.  Otherwise, @code{LOCAL_ALIGNMENT} will
1094be used.
1095
1096This macro is to set alignment of stack slot to the maximum alignment
1097of all possible modes which the slot may have.
1098
1099If the value of this macro has a type, it should be an unsigned type.
1100@end defmac
1101
1102@defmac LOCAL_DECL_ALIGNMENT (@var{decl})
1103If defined, a C expression to compute the alignment for a local
1104variable @var{decl}.
1105
1106If this macro is not defined, then
1107@code{LOCAL_ALIGNMENT (TREE_TYPE (@var{decl}), DECL_ALIGN (@var{decl}))}
1108is used.
1109
1110One use of this macro is to increase alignment of medium-size data to
1111make it all fit in fewer cache lines.
1112
1113If the value of this macro has a type, it should be an unsigned type.
1114@end defmac
1115
1116@defmac MINIMUM_ALIGNMENT (@var{exp}, @var{mode}, @var{align})
1117If defined, a C expression to compute the minimum required alignment
1118for dynamic stack realignment purposes for @var{exp} (a type or decl),
1119@var{mode}, assuming normal alignment @var{align}.
1120
1121If this macro is not defined, then @var{align} will be used.
1122@end defmac
1123
1124@defmac EMPTY_FIELD_BOUNDARY
1125Alignment in bits to be given to a structure bit-field that follows an
1126empty field such as @code{int : 0;}.
1127
1128If @code{PCC_BITFIELD_TYPE_MATTERS} is true, it overrides this macro.
1129@end defmac
1130
1131@defmac STRUCTURE_SIZE_BOUNDARY
1132Number of bits which any structure or union's size must be a multiple of.
1133Each structure or union's size is rounded up to a multiple of this.
1134
1135If you do not define this macro, the default is the same as
1136@code{BITS_PER_UNIT}.
1137@end defmac
1138
1139@defmac STRICT_ALIGNMENT
1140Define this macro to be the value 1 if instructions will fail to work
1141if given data not on the nominal alignment.  If instructions will merely
1142go slower in that case, define this macro as 0.
1143@end defmac
1144
1145@defmac PCC_BITFIELD_TYPE_MATTERS
1146Define this if you wish to imitate the way many other C compilers handle
1147alignment of bit-fields and the structures that contain them.
1148
1149The behavior is that the type written for a named bit-field (@code{int},
1150@code{short}, or other integer type) imposes an alignment for the entire
1151structure, as if the structure really did contain an ordinary field of
1152that type.  In addition, the bit-field is placed within the structure so
1153that it would fit within such a field, not crossing a boundary for it.
1154
1155Thus, on most machines, a named bit-field whose type is written as
1156@code{int} would not cross a four-byte boundary, and would force
1157four-byte alignment for the whole structure.  (The alignment used may
1158not be four bytes; it is controlled by the other alignment parameters.)
1159
1160An unnamed bit-field will not affect the alignment of the containing
1161structure.
1162
1163If the macro is defined, its definition should be a C expression;
1164a nonzero value for the expression enables this behavior.
1165
1166Note that if this macro is not defined, or its value is zero, some
1167bit-fields may cross more than one alignment boundary.  The compiler can
1168support such references if there are @samp{insv}, @samp{extv}, and
1169@samp{extzv} insns that can directly reference memory.
1170
1171The other known way of making bit-fields work is to define
1172@code{STRUCTURE_SIZE_BOUNDARY} as large as @code{BIGGEST_ALIGNMENT}.
1173Then every structure can be accessed with fullwords.
1174
1175Unless the machine has bit-field instructions or you define
1176@code{STRUCTURE_SIZE_BOUNDARY} that way, you must define
1177@code{PCC_BITFIELD_TYPE_MATTERS} to have a nonzero value.
1178
1179If your aim is to make GCC use the same conventions for laying out
1180bit-fields as are used by another compiler, here is how to investigate
1181what the other compiler does.  Compile and run this program:
1182
1183@smallexample
1184struct foo1
1185@{
1186  char x;
1187  char :0;
1188  char y;
1189@};
1190
1191struct foo2
1192@{
1193  char x;
1194  int :0;
1195  char y;
1196@};
1197
1198main ()
1199@{
1200  printf ("Size of foo1 is %d\n",
1201          sizeof (struct foo1));
1202  printf ("Size of foo2 is %d\n",
1203          sizeof (struct foo2));
1204  exit (0);
1205@}
1206@end smallexample
1207
1208If this prints 2 and 5, then the compiler's behavior is what you would
1209get from @code{PCC_BITFIELD_TYPE_MATTERS}.
1210@end defmac
1211
1212@defmac BITFIELD_NBYTES_LIMITED
1213Like @code{PCC_BITFIELD_TYPE_MATTERS} except that its effect is limited
1214to aligning a bit-field within the structure.
1215@end defmac
1216
1217@hook TARGET_ALIGN_ANON_BITFIELD
1218
1219@hook TARGET_NARROW_VOLATILE_BITFIELD
1220
1221@hook TARGET_MEMBER_TYPE_FORCES_BLK
1222
1223@defmac ROUND_TYPE_ALIGN (@var{type}, @var{computed}, @var{specified})
1224Define this macro as an expression for the alignment of a type (given
1225by @var{type} as a tree node) if the alignment computed in the usual
1226way is @var{computed} and the alignment explicitly specified was
1227@var{specified}.
1228
1229The default is to use @var{specified} if it is larger; otherwise, use
1230the smaller of @var{computed} and @code{BIGGEST_ALIGNMENT}
1231@end defmac
1232
1233@defmac MAX_FIXED_MODE_SIZE
1234An integer expression for the size in bits of the largest integer
1235machine mode that should actually be used.  All integer machine modes of
1236this size or smaller can be used for structures and unions with the
1237appropriate sizes.  If this macro is undefined, @code{GET_MODE_BITSIZE
1238(DImode)} is assumed.
1239@end defmac
1240
1241@defmac STACK_SAVEAREA_MODE (@var{save_level})
1242If defined, an expression of type @code{machine_mode} that
1243specifies the mode of the save area operand of a
1244@code{save_stack_@var{level}} named pattern (@pxref{Standard Names}).
1245@var{save_level} is one of @code{SAVE_BLOCK}, @code{SAVE_FUNCTION}, or
1246@code{SAVE_NONLOCAL} and selects which of the three named patterns is
1247having its mode specified.
1248
1249You need not define this macro if it always returns @code{Pmode}.  You
1250would most commonly define this macro if the
1251@code{save_stack_@var{level}} patterns need to support both a 32- and a
125264-bit mode.
1253@end defmac
1254
1255@defmac STACK_SIZE_MODE
1256If defined, an expression of type @code{machine_mode} that
1257specifies the mode of the size increment operand of an
1258@code{allocate_stack} named pattern (@pxref{Standard Names}).
1259
1260You need not define this macro if it always returns @code{word_mode}.
1261You would most commonly define this macro if the @code{allocate_stack}
1262pattern needs to support both a 32- and a 64-bit mode.
1263@end defmac
1264
1265@hook TARGET_LIBGCC_CMP_RETURN_MODE
1266
1267@hook TARGET_LIBGCC_SHIFT_COUNT_MODE
1268
1269@hook TARGET_UNWIND_WORD_MODE
1270
1271@hook TARGET_MS_BITFIELD_LAYOUT_P
1272
1273@hook TARGET_DECIMAL_FLOAT_SUPPORTED_P
1274
1275@hook TARGET_FIXED_POINT_SUPPORTED_P
1276
1277@hook TARGET_EXPAND_TO_RTL_HOOK
1278
1279@hook TARGET_INSTANTIATE_DECLS
1280
1281@hook TARGET_MANGLE_TYPE
1282
1283@node Type Layout
1284@section Layout of Source Language Data Types
1285
1286These macros define the sizes and other characteristics of the standard
1287basic data types used in programs being compiled.  Unlike the macros in
1288the previous section, these apply to specific features of C and related
1289languages, rather than to fundamental aspects of storage layout.
1290
1291@defmac INT_TYPE_SIZE
1292A C expression for the size in bits of the type @code{int} on the
1293target machine.  If you don't define this, the default is one word.
1294@end defmac
1295
1296@defmac SHORT_TYPE_SIZE
1297A C expression for the size in bits of the type @code{short} on the
1298target machine.  If you don't define this, the default is half a word.
1299(If this would be less than one storage unit, it is rounded up to one
1300unit.)
1301@end defmac
1302
1303@defmac LONG_TYPE_SIZE
1304A C expression for the size in bits of the type @code{long} on the
1305target machine.  If you don't define this, the default is one word.
1306@end defmac
1307
1308@defmac ADA_LONG_TYPE_SIZE
1309On some machines, the size used for the Ada equivalent of the type
1310@code{long} by a native Ada compiler differs from that used by C@.  In
1311that situation, define this macro to be a C expression to be used for
1312the size of that type.  If you don't define this, the default is the
1313value of @code{LONG_TYPE_SIZE}.
1314@end defmac
1315
1316@defmac LONG_LONG_TYPE_SIZE
1317A C expression for the size in bits of the type @code{long long} on the
1318target machine.  If you don't define this, the default is two
1319words.  If you want to support GNU Ada on your machine, the value of this
1320macro must be at least 64.
1321@end defmac
1322
1323@defmac CHAR_TYPE_SIZE
1324A C expression for the size in bits of the type @code{char} on the
1325target machine.  If you don't define this, the default is
1326@code{BITS_PER_UNIT}.
1327@end defmac
1328
1329@defmac BOOL_TYPE_SIZE
1330A C expression for the size in bits of the C++ type @code{bool} and
1331C99 type @code{_Bool} on the target machine.  If you don't define
1332this, and you probably shouldn't, the default is @code{CHAR_TYPE_SIZE}.
1333@end defmac
1334
1335@defmac FLOAT_TYPE_SIZE
1336A C expression for the size in bits of the type @code{float} on the
1337target machine.  If you don't define this, the default is one word.
1338@end defmac
1339
1340@defmac DOUBLE_TYPE_SIZE
1341A C expression for the size in bits of the type @code{double} on the
1342target machine.  If you don't define this, the default is two
1343words.
1344@end defmac
1345
1346@defmac LONG_DOUBLE_TYPE_SIZE
1347A C expression for the size in bits of the type @code{long double} on
1348the target machine.  If you don't define this, the default is two
1349words.
1350@end defmac
1351
1352@defmac SHORT_FRACT_TYPE_SIZE
1353A C expression for the size in bits of the type @code{short _Fract} on
1354the target machine.  If you don't define this, the default is
1355@code{BITS_PER_UNIT}.
1356@end defmac
1357
1358@defmac FRACT_TYPE_SIZE
1359A C expression for the size in bits of the type @code{_Fract} on
1360the target machine.  If you don't define this, the default is
1361@code{BITS_PER_UNIT * 2}.
1362@end defmac
1363
1364@defmac LONG_FRACT_TYPE_SIZE
1365A C expression for the size in bits of the type @code{long _Fract} on
1366the target machine.  If you don't define this, the default is
1367@code{BITS_PER_UNIT * 4}.
1368@end defmac
1369
1370@defmac LONG_LONG_FRACT_TYPE_SIZE
1371A C expression for the size in bits of the type @code{long long _Fract} on
1372the target machine.  If you don't define this, the default is
1373@code{BITS_PER_UNIT * 8}.
1374@end defmac
1375
1376@defmac SHORT_ACCUM_TYPE_SIZE
1377A C expression for the size in bits of the type @code{short _Accum} on
1378the target machine.  If you don't define this, the default is
1379@code{BITS_PER_UNIT * 2}.
1380@end defmac
1381
1382@defmac ACCUM_TYPE_SIZE
1383A C expression for the size in bits of the type @code{_Accum} on
1384the target machine.  If you don't define this, the default is
1385@code{BITS_PER_UNIT * 4}.
1386@end defmac
1387
1388@defmac LONG_ACCUM_TYPE_SIZE
1389A C expression for the size in bits of the type @code{long _Accum} on
1390the target machine.  If you don't define this, the default is
1391@code{BITS_PER_UNIT * 8}.
1392@end defmac
1393
1394@defmac LONG_LONG_ACCUM_TYPE_SIZE
1395A C expression for the size in bits of the type @code{long long _Accum} on
1396the target machine.  If you don't define this, the default is
1397@code{BITS_PER_UNIT * 16}.
1398@end defmac
1399
1400@defmac LIBGCC2_GNU_PREFIX
1401This macro corresponds to the @code{TARGET_LIBFUNC_GNU_PREFIX} target
1402hook and should be defined if that hook is overriden to be true.  It
1403causes function names in libgcc to be changed to use a @code{__gnu_}
1404prefix for their name rather than the default @code{__}.  A port which
1405uses this macro should also arrange to use @file{t-gnu-prefix} in
1406the libgcc @file{config.host}.
1407@end defmac
1408
1409@defmac WIDEST_HARDWARE_FP_SIZE
1410A C expression for the size in bits of the widest floating-point format
1411supported by the hardware.  If you define this macro, you must specify a
1412value less than or equal to the value of @code{LONG_DOUBLE_TYPE_SIZE}.
1413If you do not define this macro, the value of @code{LONG_DOUBLE_TYPE_SIZE}
1414is the default.
1415@end defmac
1416
1417@defmac DEFAULT_SIGNED_CHAR
1418An expression whose value is 1 or 0, according to whether the type
1419@code{char} should be signed or unsigned by default.  The user can
1420always override this default with the options @option{-fsigned-char}
1421and @option{-funsigned-char}.
1422@end defmac
1423
1424@hook TARGET_DEFAULT_SHORT_ENUMS
1425
1426@defmac SIZE_TYPE
1427A C expression for a string describing the name of the data type to use
1428for size values.  The typedef name @code{size_t} is defined using the
1429contents of the string.
1430
1431The string can contain more than one keyword.  If so, separate them with
1432spaces, and write first any length keyword, then @code{unsigned} if
1433appropriate, and finally @code{int}.  The string must exactly match one
1434of the data type names defined in the function
1435@code{c_common_nodes_and_builtins} in the file @file{c-family/c-common.c}.
1436You may not omit @code{int} or change the order---that would cause the
1437compiler to crash on startup.
1438
1439If you don't define this macro, the default is @code{"long unsigned
1440int"}.
1441@end defmac
1442
1443@defmac SIZETYPE
1444GCC defines internal types (@code{sizetype}, @code{ssizetype},
1445@code{bitsizetype} and @code{sbitsizetype}) for expressions
1446dealing with size.  This macro is a C expression for a string describing
1447the name of the data type from which the precision of @code{sizetype}
1448is extracted.
1449
1450The string has the same restrictions as @code{SIZE_TYPE} string.
1451
1452If you don't define this macro, the default is @code{SIZE_TYPE}.
1453@end defmac
1454
1455@defmac PTRDIFF_TYPE
1456A C expression for a string describing the name of the data type to use
1457for the result of subtracting two pointers.  The typedef name
1458@code{ptrdiff_t} is defined using the contents of the string.  See
1459@code{SIZE_TYPE} above for more information.
1460
1461If you don't define this macro, the default is @code{"long int"}.
1462@end defmac
1463
1464@defmac WCHAR_TYPE
1465A C expression for a string describing the name of the data type to use
1466for wide characters.  The typedef name @code{wchar_t} is defined using
1467the contents of the string.  See @code{SIZE_TYPE} above for more
1468information.
1469
1470If you don't define this macro, the default is @code{"int"}.
1471@end defmac
1472
1473@defmac WCHAR_TYPE_SIZE
1474A C expression for the size in bits of the data type for wide
1475characters.  This is used in @code{cpp}, which cannot make use of
1476@code{WCHAR_TYPE}.
1477@end defmac
1478
1479@defmac WINT_TYPE
1480A C expression for a string describing the name of the data type to
1481use for wide characters passed to @code{printf} and returned from
1482@code{getwc}.  The typedef name @code{wint_t} is defined using the
1483contents of the string.  See @code{SIZE_TYPE} above for more
1484information.
1485
1486If you don't define this macro, the default is @code{"unsigned int"}.
1487@end defmac
1488
1489@defmac INTMAX_TYPE
1490A C expression for a string describing the name of the data type that
1491can represent any value of any standard or extended signed integer type.
1492The typedef name @code{intmax_t} is defined using the contents of the
1493string.  See @code{SIZE_TYPE} above for more information.
1494
1495If you don't define this macro, the default is the first of
1496@code{"int"}, @code{"long int"}, or @code{"long long int"} that has as
1497much precision as @code{long long int}.
1498@end defmac
1499
1500@defmac UINTMAX_TYPE
1501A C expression for a string describing the name of the data type that
1502can represent any value of any standard or extended unsigned integer
1503type.  The typedef name @code{uintmax_t} is defined using the contents
1504of the string.  See @code{SIZE_TYPE} above for more information.
1505
1506If you don't define this macro, the default is the first of
1507@code{"unsigned int"}, @code{"long unsigned int"}, or @code{"long long
1508unsigned int"} that has as much precision as @code{long long unsigned
1509int}.
1510@end defmac
1511
1512@defmac SIG_ATOMIC_TYPE
1513@defmacx INT8_TYPE
1514@defmacx INT16_TYPE
1515@defmacx INT32_TYPE
1516@defmacx INT64_TYPE
1517@defmacx UINT8_TYPE
1518@defmacx UINT16_TYPE
1519@defmacx UINT32_TYPE
1520@defmacx UINT64_TYPE
1521@defmacx INT_LEAST8_TYPE
1522@defmacx INT_LEAST16_TYPE
1523@defmacx INT_LEAST32_TYPE
1524@defmacx INT_LEAST64_TYPE
1525@defmacx UINT_LEAST8_TYPE
1526@defmacx UINT_LEAST16_TYPE
1527@defmacx UINT_LEAST32_TYPE
1528@defmacx UINT_LEAST64_TYPE
1529@defmacx INT_FAST8_TYPE
1530@defmacx INT_FAST16_TYPE
1531@defmacx INT_FAST32_TYPE
1532@defmacx INT_FAST64_TYPE
1533@defmacx UINT_FAST8_TYPE
1534@defmacx UINT_FAST16_TYPE
1535@defmacx UINT_FAST32_TYPE
1536@defmacx UINT_FAST64_TYPE
1537@defmacx INTPTR_TYPE
1538@defmacx UINTPTR_TYPE
1539C expressions for the standard types @code{sig_atomic_t},
1540@code{int8_t}, @code{int16_t}, @code{int32_t}, @code{int64_t},
1541@code{uint8_t}, @code{uint16_t}, @code{uint32_t}, @code{uint64_t},
1542@code{int_least8_t}, @code{int_least16_t}, @code{int_least32_t},
1543@code{int_least64_t}, @code{uint_least8_t}, @code{uint_least16_t},
1544@code{uint_least32_t}, @code{uint_least64_t}, @code{int_fast8_t},
1545@code{int_fast16_t}, @code{int_fast32_t}, @code{int_fast64_t},
1546@code{uint_fast8_t}, @code{uint_fast16_t}, @code{uint_fast32_t},
1547@code{uint_fast64_t}, @code{intptr_t}, and @code{uintptr_t}.  See
1548@code{SIZE_TYPE} above for more information.
1549
1550If any of these macros evaluates to a null pointer, the corresponding
1551type is not supported; if GCC is configured to provide
1552@code{<stdint.h>} in such a case, the header provided may not conform
1553to C99, depending on the type in question.  The defaults for all of
1554these macros are null pointers.
1555@end defmac
1556
1557@defmac TARGET_PTRMEMFUNC_VBIT_LOCATION
1558The C++ compiler represents a pointer-to-member-function with a struct
1559that looks like:
1560
1561@smallexample
1562  struct @{
1563    union @{
1564      void (*fn)();
1565      ptrdiff_t vtable_index;
1566    @};
1567    ptrdiff_t delta;
1568  @};
1569@end smallexample
1570
1571@noindent
1572The C++ compiler must use one bit to indicate whether the function that
1573will be called through a pointer-to-member-function is virtual.
1574Normally, we assume that the low-order bit of a function pointer must
1575always be zero.  Then, by ensuring that the vtable_index is odd, we can
1576distinguish which variant of the union is in use.  But, on some
1577platforms function pointers can be odd, and so this doesn't work.  In
1578that case, we use the low-order bit of the @code{delta} field, and shift
1579the remainder of the @code{delta} field to the left.
1580
1581GCC will automatically make the right selection about where to store
1582this bit using the @code{FUNCTION_BOUNDARY} setting for your platform.
1583However, some platforms such as ARM/Thumb have @code{FUNCTION_BOUNDARY}
1584set such that functions always start at even addresses, but the lowest
1585bit of pointers to functions indicate whether the function at that
1586address is in ARM or Thumb mode.  If this is the case of your
1587architecture, you should define this macro to
1588@code{ptrmemfunc_vbit_in_delta}.
1589
1590In general, you should not have to define this macro.  On architectures
1591in which function addresses are always even, according to
1592@code{FUNCTION_BOUNDARY}, GCC will automatically define this macro to
1593@code{ptrmemfunc_vbit_in_pfn}.
1594@end defmac
1595
1596@defmac TARGET_VTABLE_USES_DESCRIPTORS
1597Normally, the C++ compiler uses function pointers in vtables.  This
1598macro allows the target to change to use ``function descriptors''
1599instead.  Function descriptors are found on targets for whom a
1600function pointer is actually a small data structure.  Normally the
1601data structure consists of the actual code address plus a data
1602pointer to which the function's data is relative.
1603
1604If vtables are used, the value of this macro should be the number
1605of words that the function descriptor occupies.
1606@end defmac
1607
1608@defmac TARGET_VTABLE_ENTRY_ALIGN
1609By default, the vtable entries are void pointers, the so the alignment
1610is the same as pointer alignment.  The value of this macro specifies
1611the alignment of the vtable entry in bits.  It should be defined only
1612when special alignment is necessary. */
1613@end defmac
1614
1615@defmac TARGET_VTABLE_DATA_ENTRY_DISTANCE
1616There are a few non-descriptor entries in the vtable at offsets below
1617zero.  If these entries must be padded (say, to preserve the alignment
1618specified by @code{TARGET_VTABLE_ENTRY_ALIGN}), set this to the number
1619of words in each data entry.
1620@end defmac
1621
1622@node Registers
1623@section Register Usage
1624@cindex register usage
1625
1626This section explains how to describe what registers the target machine
1627has, and how (in general) they can be used.
1628
1629The description of which registers a specific instruction can use is
1630done with register classes; see @ref{Register Classes}.  For information
1631on using registers to access a stack frame, see @ref{Frame Registers}.
1632For passing values in registers, see @ref{Register Arguments}.
1633For returning values in registers, see @ref{Scalar Return}.
1634
1635@menu
1636* Register Basics::             Number and kinds of registers.
1637* Allocation Order::            Order in which registers are allocated.
1638* Values in Registers::         What kinds of values each reg can hold.
1639* Leaf Functions::              Renumbering registers for leaf functions.
1640* Stack Registers::             Handling a register stack such as 80387.
1641@end menu
1642
1643@node Register Basics
1644@subsection Basic Characteristics of Registers
1645
1646@c prevent bad page break with this line
1647Registers have various characteristics.
1648
1649@defmac FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
1650Number of hardware registers known to the compiler.  They receive
1651numbers 0 through @code{FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER-1}; thus, the first
1652pseudo register's number really is assigned the number
1653@code{FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER}.
1654@end defmac
1655
1656@defmac FIXED_REGISTERS
1657@cindex fixed register
1658An initializer that says which registers are used for fixed purposes
1659all throughout the compiled code and are therefore not available for
1660general allocation.  These would include the stack pointer, the frame
1661pointer (except on machines where that can be used as a general
1662register when no frame pointer is needed), the program counter on
1663machines where that is considered one of the addressable registers,
1664and any other numbered register with a standard use.
1665
1666This information is expressed as a sequence of numbers, separated by
1667commas and surrounded by braces.  The @var{n}th number is 1 if
1668register @var{n} is fixed, 0 otherwise.
1669
1670The table initialized from this macro, and the table initialized by
1671the following one, may be overridden at run time either automatically,
1672by the actions of the macro @code{CONDITIONAL_REGISTER_USAGE}, or by
1673the user with the command options @option{-ffixed-@var{reg}},
1674@option{-fcall-used-@var{reg}} and @option{-fcall-saved-@var{reg}}.
1675@end defmac
1676
1677@defmac CALL_USED_REGISTERS
1678@cindex call-used register
1679@cindex call-clobbered register
1680@cindex call-saved register
1681Like @code{FIXED_REGISTERS} but has 1 for each register that is
1682clobbered (in general) by function calls as well as for fixed
1683registers.  This macro therefore identifies the registers that are not
1684available for general allocation of values that must live across
1685function calls.
1686
1687If a register has 0 in @code{CALL_USED_REGISTERS}, the compiler
1688automatically saves it on function entry and restores it on function
1689exit, if the register is used within the function.
1690
1691Exactly one of @code{CALL_USED_REGISTERS} and @code{CALL_REALLY_USED_REGISTERS}
1692must be defined.  Modern ports should define @code{CALL_REALLY_USED_REGISTERS}.
1693@end defmac
1694
1695@defmac CALL_REALLY_USED_REGISTERS
1696@cindex call-used register
1697@cindex call-clobbered register
1698@cindex call-saved register
1699Like @code{CALL_USED_REGISTERS} except this macro doesn't require
1700that the entire set of @code{FIXED_REGISTERS} be included.
1701(@code{CALL_USED_REGISTERS} must be a superset of @code{FIXED_REGISTERS}).
1702
1703Exactly one of @code{CALL_USED_REGISTERS} and @code{CALL_REALLY_USED_REGISTERS}
1704must be defined.  Modern ports should define @code{CALL_REALLY_USED_REGISTERS}.
1705@end defmac
1706
1707@cindex call-used register
1708@cindex call-clobbered register
1709@cindex call-saved register
1710@hook TARGET_FNTYPE_ABI
1711
1712@hook TARGET_INSN_CALLEE_ABI
1713
1714@cindex call-used register
1715@cindex call-clobbered register
1716@cindex call-saved register
1717@hook TARGET_HARD_REGNO_CALL_PART_CLOBBERED
1718
1719@hook TARGET_GET_MULTILIB_ABI_NAME
1720
1721@findex fixed_regs
1722@findex call_used_regs
1723@findex global_regs
1724@findex reg_names
1725@findex reg_class_contents
1726@hook TARGET_CONDITIONAL_REGISTER_USAGE
1727
1728@defmac INCOMING_REGNO (@var{out})
1729Define this macro if the target machine has register windows.  This C
1730expression returns the register number as seen by the called function
1731corresponding to the register number @var{out} as seen by the calling
1732function.  Return @var{out} if register number @var{out} is not an
1733outbound register.
1734@end defmac
1735
1736@defmac OUTGOING_REGNO (@var{in})
1737Define this macro if the target machine has register windows.  This C
1738expression returns the register number as seen by the calling function
1739corresponding to the register number @var{in} as seen by the called
1740function.  Return @var{in} if register number @var{in} is not an inbound
1741register.
1742@end defmac
1743
1744@defmac LOCAL_REGNO (@var{regno})
1745Define this macro if the target machine has register windows.  This C
1746expression returns true if the register is call-saved but is in the
1747register window.  Unlike most call-saved registers, such registers
1748need not be explicitly restored on function exit or during non-local
1749gotos.
1750@end defmac
1751
1752@defmac PC_REGNUM
1753If the program counter has a register number, define this as that
1754register number.  Otherwise, do not define it.
1755@end defmac
1756
1757@node Allocation Order
1758@subsection Order of Allocation of Registers
1759@cindex order of register allocation
1760@cindex register allocation order
1761
1762@c prevent bad page break with this line
1763Registers are allocated in order.
1764
1765@defmac REG_ALLOC_ORDER
1766If defined, an initializer for a vector of integers, containing the
1767numbers of hard registers in the order in which GCC should prefer
1768to use them (from most preferred to least).
1769
1770If this macro is not defined, registers are used lowest numbered first
1771(all else being equal).
1772
1773One use of this macro is on machines where the highest numbered
1774registers must always be saved and the save-multiple-registers
1775instruction supports only sequences of consecutive registers.  On such
1776machines, define @code{REG_ALLOC_ORDER} to be an initializer that lists
1777the highest numbered allocable register first.
1778@end defmac
1779
1780@defmac ADJUST_REG_ALLOC_ORDER
1781A C statement (sans semicolon) to choose the order in which to allocate
1782hard registers for pseudo-registers local to a basic block.
1783
1784Store the desired register order in the array @code{reg_alloc_order}.
1785Element 0 should be the register to allocate first; element 1, the next
1786register; and so on.
1787
1788The macro body should not assume anything about the contents of
1789@code{reg_alloc_order} before execution of the macro.
1790
1791On most machines, it is not necessary to define this macro.
1792@end defmac
1793
1794@defmac HONOR_REG_ALLOC_ORDER
1795Normally, IRA tries to estimate the costs for saving a register in the
1796prologue and restoring it in the epilogue.  This discourages it from
1797using call-saved registers.  If a machine wants to ensure that IRA
1798allocates registers in the order given by REG_ALLOC_ORDER even if some
1799call-saved registers appear earlier than call-used ones, then define this
1800macro as a C expression to nonzero. Default is 0.
1801@end defmac
1802
1803@defmac IRA_HARD_REGNO_ADD_COST_MULTIPLIER (@var{regno})
1804In some case register allocation order is not enough for the
1805Integrated Register Allocator (@acronym{IRA}) to generate a good code.
1806If this macro is defined, it should return a floating point value
1807based on @var{regno}.  The cost of using @var{regno} for a pseudo will
1808be increased by approximately the pseudo's usage frequency times the
1809value returned by this macro.  Not defining this macro is equivalent
1810to having it always return @code{0.0}.
1811
1812On most machines, it is not necessary to define this macro.
1813@end defmac
1814
1815@node Values in Registers
1816@subsection How Values Fit in Registers
1817
1818This section discusses the macros that describe which kinds of values
1819(specifically, which machine modes) each register can hold, and how many
1820consecutive registers are needed for a given mode.
1821
1822@hook TARGET_HARD_REGNO_NREGS
1823
1824@defmac HARD_REGNO_NREGS_HAS_PADDING (@var{regno}, @var{mode})
1825A C expression that is nonzero if a value of mode @var{mode}, stored
1826in memory, ends with padding that causes it to take up more space than
1827in registers starting at register number @var{regno} (as determined by
1828multiplying GCC's notion of the size of the register when containing
1829this mode by the number of registers returned by
1830@code{TARGET_HARD_REGNO_NREGS}).  By default this is zero.
1831
1832For example, if a floating-point value is stored in three 32-bit
1833registers but takes up 128 bits in memory, then this would be
1834nonzero.
1835
1836This macros only needs to be defined if there are cases where
1837@code{subreg_get_info}
1838would otherwise wrongly determine that a @code{subreg} can be
1839represented by an offset to the register number, when in fact such a
1840@code{subreg} would contain some of the padding not stored in
1841registers and so not be representable.
1842@end defmac
1843
1844@defmac HARD_REGNO_NREGS_WITH_PADDING (@var{regno}, @var{mode})
1845For values of @var{regno} and @var{mode} for which
1846@code{HARD_REGNO_NREGS_HAS_PADDING} returns nonzero, a C expression
1847returning the greater number of registers required to hold the value
1848including any padding.  In the example above, the value would be four.
1849@end defmac
1850
1851@defmac REGMODE_NATURAL_SIZE (@var{mode})
1852Define this macro if the natural size of registers that hold values
1853of mode @var{mode} is not the word size.  It is a C expression that
1854should give the natural size in bytes for the specified mode.  It is
1855used by the register allocator to try to optimize its results.  This
1856happens for example on SPARC 64-bit where the natural size of
1857floating-point registers is still 32-bit.
1858@end defmac
1859
1860@hook TARGET_HARD_REGNO_MODE_OK
1861
1862@defmac HARD_REGNO_RENAME_OK (@var{from}, @var{to})
1863A C expression that is nonzero if it is OK to rename a hard register
1864@var{from} to another hard register @var{to}.
1865
1866One common use of this macro is to prevent renaming of a register to
1867another register that is not saved by a prologue in an interrupt
1868handler.
1869
1870The default is always nonzero.
1871@end defmac
1872
1873@hook TARGET_MODES_TIEABLE_P
1874
1875@hook TARGET_HARD_REGNO_SCRATCH_OK
1876
1877@defmac AVOID_CCMODE_COPIES
1878Define this macro if the compiler should avoid copies to/from @code{CCmode}
1879registers.  You should only define this macro if support for copying to/from
1880@code{CCmode} is incomplete.
1881@end defmac
1882
1883@node Leaf Functions
1884@subsection Handling Leaf Functions
1885
1886@cindex leaf functions
1887@cindex functions, leaf
1888On some machines, a leaf function (i.e., one which makes no calls) can run
1889more efficiently if it does not make its own register window.  Often this
1890means it is required to receive its arguments in the registers where they
1891are passed by the caller, instead of the registers where they would
1892normally arrive.
1893
1894The special treatment for leaf functions generally applies only when
1895other conditions are met; for example, often they may use only those
1896registers for its own variables and temporaries.  We use the term ``leaf
1897function'' to mean a function that is suitable for this special
1898handling, so that functions with no calls are not necessarily ``leaf
1899functions''.
1900
1901GCC assigns register numbers before it knows whether the function is
1902suitable for leaf function treatment.  So it needs to renumber the
1903registers in order to output a leaf function.  The following macros
1904accomplish this.
1905
1906@defmac LEAF_REGISTERS
1907Name of a char vector, indexed by hard register number, which
1908contains 1 for a register that is allowable in a candidate for leaf
1909function treatment.
1910
1911If leaf function treatment involves renumbering the registers, then the
1912registers marked here should be the ones before renumbering---those that
1913GCC would ordinarily allocate.  The registers which will actually be
1914used in the assembler code, after renumbering, should not be marked with 1
1915in this vector.
1916
1917Define this macro only if the target machine offers a way to optimize
1918the treatment of leaf functions.
1919@end defmac
1920
1921@defmac LEAF_REG_REMAP (@var{regno})
1922A C expression whose value is the register number to which @var{regno}
1923should be renumbered, when a function is treated as a leaf function.
1924
1925If @var{regno} is a register number which should not appear in a leaf
1926function before renumbering, then the expression should yield @minus{}1, which
1927will cause the compiler to abort.
1928
1929Define this macro only if the target machine offers a way to optimize the
1930treatment of leaf functions, and registers need to be renumbered to do
1931this.
1932@end defmac
1933
1934@findex current_function_is_leaf
1935@findex current_function_uses_only_leaf_regs
1936@code{TARGET_ASM_FUNCTION_PROLOGUE} and
1937@code{TARGET_ASM_FUNCTION_EPILOGUE} must usually treat leaf functions
1938specially.  They can test the C variable @code{current_function_is_leaf}
1939which is nonzero for leaf functions.  @code{current_function_is_leaf} is
1940set prior to local register allocation and is valid for the remaining
1941compiler passes.  They can also test the C variable
1942@code{current_function_uses_only_leaf_regs} which is nonzero for leaf
1943functions which only use leaf registers.
1944@code{current_function_uses_only_leaf_regs} is valid after all passes
1945that modify the instructions have been run and is only useful if
1946@code{LEAF_REGISTERS} is defined.
1947@c changed this to fix overfull.  ALSO:  why the "it" at the beginning
1948@c of the next paragraph?!  --mew 2feb93
1949
1950@node Stack Registers
1951@subsection Registers That Form a Stack
1952
1953There are special features to handle computers where some of the
1954``registers'' form a stack.  Stack registers are normally written by
1955pushing onto the stack, and are numbered relative to the top of the
1956stack.
1957
1958Currently, GCC can only handle one group of stack-like registers, and
1959they must be consecutively numbered.  Furthermore, the existing
1960support for stack-like registers is specific to the 80387 floating
1961point coprocessor.  If you have a new architecture that uses
1962stack-like registers, you will need to do substantial work on
1963@file{reg-stack.c} and write your machine description to cooperate
1964with it, as well as defining these macros.
1965
1966@defmac STACK_REGS
1967Define this if the machine has any stack-like registers.
1968@end defmac
1969
1970@defmac STACK_REG_COVER_CLASS
1971This is a cover class containing the stack registers.  Define this if
1972the machine has any stack-like registers.
1973@end defmac
1974
1975@defmac FIRST_STACK_REG
1976The number of the first stack-like register.  This one is the top
1977of the stack.
1978@end defmac
1979
1980@defmac LAST_STACK_REG
1981The number of the last stack-like register.  This one is the bottom of
1982the stack.
1983@end defmac
1984
1985@node Register Classes
1986@section Register Classes
1987@cindex register class definitions
1988@cindex class definitions, register
1989
1990On many machines, the numbered registers are not all equivalent.
1991For example, certain registers may not be allowed for indexed addressing;
1992certain registers may not be allowed in some instructions.  These machine
1993restrictions are described to the compiler using @dfn{register classes}.
1994
1995You define a number of register classes, giving each one a name and saying
1996which of the registers belong to it.  Then you can specify register classes
1997that are allowed as operands to particular instruction patterns.
1998
1999@findex ALL_REGS
2000@findex NO_REGS
2001In general, each register will belong to several classes.  In fact, one
2002class must be named @code{ALL_REGS} and contain all the registers.  Another
2003class must be named @code{NO_REGS} and contain no registers.  Often the
2004union of two classes will be another class; however, this is not required.
2005
2006@findex GENERAL_REGS
2007One of the classes must be named @code{GENERAL_REGS}.  There is nothing
2008terribly special about the name, but the operand constraint letters
2009@samp{r} and @samp{g} specify this class.  If @code{GENERAL_REGS} is
2010the same as @code{ALL_REGS}, just define it as a macro which expands
2011to @code{ALL_REGS}.
2012
2013Order the classes so that if class @var{x} is contained in class @var{y}
2014then @var{x} has a lower class number than @var{y}.
2015
2016The way classes other than @code{GENERAL_REGS} are specified in operand
2017constraints is through machine-dependent operand constraint letters.
2018You can define such letters to correspond to various classes, then use
2019them in operand constraints.
2020
2021You must define the narrowest register classes for allocatable
2022registers, so that each class either has no subclasses, or that for
2023some mode, the move cost between registers within the class is
2024cheaper than moving a register in the class to or from memory
2025(@pxref{Costs}).
2026
2027You should define a class for the union of two classes whenever some
2028instruction allows both classes.  For example, if an instruction allows
2029either a floating point (coprocessor) register or a general register for a
2030certain operand, you should define a class @code{FLOAT_OR_GENERAL_REGS}
2031which includes both of them.  Otherwise you will get suboptimal code,
2032or even internal compiler errors when reload cannot find a register in the
2033class computed via @code{reg_class_subunion}.
2034
2035You must also specify certain redundant information about the register
2036classes: for each class, which classes contain it and which ones are
2037contained in it; for each pair of classes, the largest class contained
2038in their union.
2039
2040When a value occupying several consecutive registers is expected in a
2041certain class, all the registers used must belong to that class.
2042Therefore, register classes cannot be used to enforce a requirement for
2043a register pair to start with an even-numbered register.  The way to
2044specify this requirement is with @code{TARGET_HARD_REGNO_MODE_OK}.
2045
2046Register classes used for input-operands of bitwise-and or shift
2047instructions have a special requirement: each such class must have, for
2048each fixed-point machine mode, a subclass whose registers can transfer that
2049mode to or from memory.  For example, on some machines, the operations for
2050single-byte values (@code{QImode}) are limited to certain registers.  When
2051this is so, each register class that is used in a bitwise-and or shift
2052instruction must have a subclass consisting of registers from which
2053single-byte values can be loaded or stored.  This is so that
2054@code{PREFERRED_RELOAD_CLASS} can always have a possible value to return.
2055
2056@deftp {Data type} {enum reg_class}
2057An enumerated type that must be defined with all the register class names
2058as enumerated values.  @code{NO_REGS} must be first.  @code{ALL_REGS}
2059must be the last register class, followed by one more enumerated value,
2060@code{LIM_REG_CLASSES}, which is not a register class but rather
2061tells how many classes there are.
2062
2063Each register class has a number, which is the value of casting
2064the class name to type @code{int}.  The number serves as an index
2065in many of the tables described below.
2066@end deftp
2067
2068@defmac N_REG_CLASSES
2069The number of distinct register classes, defined as follows:
2070
2071@smallexample
2072#define N_REG_CLASSES (int) LIM_REG_CLASSES
2073@end smallexample
2074@end defmac
2075
2076@defmac REG_CLASS_NAMES
2077An initializer containing the names of the register classes as C string
2078constants.  These names are used in writing some of the debugging dumps.
2079@end defmac
2080
2081@defmac REG_CLASS_CONTENTS
2082An initializer containing the contents of the register classes, as integers
2083which are bit masks.  The @var{n}th integer specifies the contents of class
2084@var{n}.  The way the integer @var{mask} is interpreted is that
2085register @var{r} is in the class if @code{@var{mask} & (1 << @var{r})} is 1.
2086
2087When the machine has more than 32 registers, an integer does not suffice.
2088Then the integers are replaced by sub-initializers, braced groupings containing
2089several integers.  Each sub-initializer must be suitable as an initializer
2090for the type @code{HARD_REG_SET} which is defined in @file{hard-reg-set.h}.
2091In this situation, the first integer in each sub-initializer corresponds to
2092registers 0 through 31, the second integer to registers 32 through 63, and
2093so on.
2094@end defmac
2095
2096@defmac REGNO_REG_CLASS (@var{regno})
2097A C expression whose value is a register class containing hard register
2098@var{regno}.  In general there is more than one such class; choose a class
2099which is @dfn{minimal}, meaning that no smaller class also contains the
2100register.
2101@end defmac
2102
2103@defmac BASE_REG_CLASS
2104A macro whose definition is the name of the class to which a valid
2105base register must belong.  A base register is one used in an address
2106which is the register value plus a displacement.
2107@end defmac
2108
2109@defmac MODE_BASE_REG_CLASS (@var{mode})
2110This is a variation of the @code{BASE_REG_CLASS} macro which allows
2111the selection of a base register in a mode dependent manner.  If
2112@var{mode} is VOIDmode then it should return the same value as
2113@code{BASE_REG_CLASS}.
2114@end defmac
2115
2116@defmac MODE_BASE_REG_REG_CLASS (@var{mode})
2117A C expression whose value is the register class to which a valid
2118base register must belong in order to be used in a base plus index
2119register address.  You should define this macro if base plus index
2120addresses have different requirements than other base register uses.
2121@end defmac
2122
2123@defmac MODE_CODE_BASE_REG_CLASS (@var{mode}, @var{address_space}, @var{outer_code}, @var{index_code})
2124A C expression whose value is the register class to which a valid
2125base register for a memory reference in mode @var{mode} to address
2126space @var{address_space} must belong.  @var{outer_code} and @var{index_code}
2127define the context in which the base register occurs.  @var{outer_code} is
2128the code of the immediately enclosing expression (@code{MEM} for the top level
2129of an address, @code{ADDRESS} for something that occurs in an
2130@code{address_operand}).  @var{index_code} is the code of the corresponding
2131index expression if @var{outer_code} is @code{PLUS}; @code{SCRATCH} otherwise.
2132@end defmac
2133
2134@defmac INDEX_REG_CLASS
2135A macro whose definition is the name of the class to which a valid
2136index register must belong.  An index register is one used in an
2137address where its value is either multiplied by a scale factor or
2138added to another register (as well as added to a displacement).
2139@end defmac
2140
2141@defmac REGNO_OK_FOR_BASE_P (@var{num})
2142A C expression which is nonzero if register number @var{num} is
2143suitable for use as a base register in operand addresses.
2144@end defmac
2145
2146@defmac REGNO_MODE_OK_FOR_BASE_P (@var{num}, @var{mode})
2147A C expression that is just like @code{REGNO_OK_FOR_BASE_P}, except that
2148that expression may examine the mode of the memory reference in
2149@var{mode}.  You should define this macro if the mode of the memory
2150reference affects whether a register may be used as a base register.  If
2151you define this macro, the compiler will use it instead of
2152@code{REGNO_OK_FOR_BASE_P}.  The mode may be @code{VOIDmode} for
2153addresses that appear outside a @code{MEM}, i.e., as an
2154@code{address_operand}.
2155@end defmac
2156
2157@defmac REGNO_MODE_OK_FOR_REG_BASE_P (@var{num}, @var{mode})
2158A C expression which is nonzero if register number @var{num} is suitable for
2159use as a base register in base plus index operand addresses, accessing
2160memory in mode @var{mode}.  It may be either a suitable hard register or a
2161pseudo register that has been allocated such a hard register.  You should
2162define this macro if base plus index addresses have different requirements
2163than other base register uses.
2164
2165Use of this macro is deprecated; please use the more general
2166@code{REGNO_MODE_CODE_OK_FOR_BASE_P}.
2167@end defmac
2168
2169@defmac REGNO_MODE_CODE_OK_FOR_BASE_P (@var{num}, @var{mode}, @var{address_space}, @var{outer_code}, @var{index_code})
2170A C expression which is nonzero if register number @var{num} is
2171suitable for use as a base register in operand addresses, accessing
2172memory in mode @var{mode} in address space @var{address_space}.
2173This is similar to @code{REGNO_MODE_OK_FOR_BASE_P}, except
2174that that expression may examine the context in which the register
2175appears in the memory reference.  @var{outer_code} is the code of the
2176immediately enclosing expression (@code{MEM} if at the top level of the
2177address, @code{ADDRESS} for something that occurs in an
2178@code{address_operand}).  @var{index_code} is the code of the
2179corresponding index expression if @var{outer_code} is @code{PLUS};
2180@code{SCRATCH} otherwise.  The mode may be @code{VOIDmode} for addresses
2181that appear outside a @code{MEM}, i.e., as an @code{address_operand}.
2182@end defmac
2183
2184@defmac REGNO_OK_FOR_INDEX_P (@var{num})
2185A C expression which is nonzero if register number @var{num} is
2186suitable for use as an index register in operand addresses.  It may be
2187either a suitable hard register or a pseudo register that has been
2188allocated such a hard register.
2189
2190The difference between an index register and a base register is that
2191the index register may be scaled.  If an address involves the sum of
2192two registers, neither one of them scaled, then either one may be
2193labeled the ``base'' and the other the ``index''; but whichever
2194labeling is used must fit the machine's constraints of which registers
2195may serve in each capacity.  The compiler will try both labelings,
2196looking for one that is valid, and will reload one or both registers
2197only if neither labeling works.
2198@end defmac
2199
2200@hook TARGET_PREFERRED_RENAME_CLASS
2201
2202@hook TARGET_PREFERRED_RELOAD_CLASS
2203
2204@defmac PREFERRED_RELOAD_CLASS (@var{x}, @var{class})
2205A C expression that places additional restrictions on the register class
2206to use when it is necessary to copy value @var{x} into a register in class
2207@var{class}.  The value is a register class; perhaps @var{class}, or perhaps
2208another, smaller class.  On many machines, the following definition is
2209safe:
2210
2211@smallexample
2212#define PREFERRED_RELOAD_CLASS(X,CLASS) CLASS
2213@end smallexample
2214
2215Sometimes returning a more restrictive class makes better code.  For
2216example, on the 68000, when @var{x} is an integer constant that is in range
2217for a @samp{moveq} instruction, the value of this macro is always
2218@code{DATA_REGS} as long as @var{class} includes the data registers.
2219Requiring a data register guarantees that a @samp{moveq} will be used.
2220
2221One case where @code{PREFERRED_RELOAD_CLASS} must not return
2222@var{class} is if @var{x} is a legitimate constant which cannot be
2223loaded into some register class.  By returning @code{NO_REGS} you can
2224force @var{x} into a memory location.  For example, rs6000 can load
2225immediate values into general-purpose registers, but does not have an
2226instruction for loading an immediate value into a floating-point
2227register, so @code{PREFERRED_RELOAD_CLASS} returns @code{NO_REGS} when
2228@var{x} is a floating-point constant.  If the constant cannot be loaded
2229into any kind of register, code generation will be better if
2230@code{TARGET_LEGITIMATE_CONSTANT_P} makes the constant illegitimate instead
2231of using @code{TARGET_PREFERRED_RELOAD_CLASS}.
2232
2233If an insn has pseudos in it after register allocation, reload will go
2234through the alternatives and call repeatedly @code{PREFERRED_RELOAD_CLASS}
2235to find the best one.  Returning @code{NO_REGS}, in this case, makes
2236reload add a @code{!} in front of the constraint: the x86 back-end uses
2237this feature to discourage usage of 387 registers when math is done in
2238the SSE registers (and vice versa).
2239@end defmac
2240
2241@hook TARGET_PREFERRED_OUTPUT_RELOAD_CLASS
2242
2243@defmac LIMIT_RELOAD_CLASS (@var{mode}, @var{class})
2244A C expression that places additional restrictions on the register class
2245to use when it is necessary to be able to hold a value of mode
2246@var{mode} in a reload register for which class @var{class} would
2247ordinarily be used.
2248
2249Unlike @code{PREFERRED_RELOAD_CLASS}, this macro should be used when
2250there are certain modes that simply cannot go in certain reload classes.
2251
2252The value is a register class; perhaps @var{class}, or perhaps another,
2253smaller class.
2254
2255Don't define this macro unless the target machine has limitations which
2256require the macro to do something nontrivial.
2257@end defmac
2258
2259@hook TARGET_SECONDARY_RELOAD
2260
2261@defmac SECONDARY_RELOAD_CLASS (@var{class}, @var{mode}, @var{x})
2262@defmacx SECONDARY_INPUT_RELOAD_CLASS (@var{class}, @var{mode}, @var{x})
2263@defmacx SECONDARY_OUTPUT_RELOAD_CLASS (@var{class}, @var{mode}, @var{x})
2264These macros are obsolete, new ports should use the target hook
2265@code{TARGET_SECONDARY_RELOAD} instead.
2266
2267These are obsolete macros, replaced by the @code{TARGET_SECONDARY_RELOAD}
2268target hook.  Older ports still define these macros to indicate to the
2269reload phase that it may
2270need to allocate at least one register for a reload in addition to the
2271register to contain the data.  Specifically, if copying @var{x} to a
2272register @var{class} in @var{mode} requires an intermediate register,
2273you were supposed to define @code{SECONDARY_INPUT_RELOAD_CLASS} to return the
2274largest register class all of whose registers can be used as
2275intermediate registers or scratch registers.
2276
2277If copying a register @var{class} in @var{mode} to @var{x} requires an
2278intermediate or scratch register, @code{SECONDARY_OUTPUT_RELOAD_CLASS}
2279was supposed to be defined be defined to return the largest register
2280class required.  If the
2281requirements for input and output reloads were the same, the macro
2282@code{SECONDARY_RELOAD_CLASS} should have been used instead of defining both
2283macros identically.
2284
2285The values returned by these macros are often @code{GENERAL_REGS}.
2286Return @code{NO_REGS} if no spare register is needed; i.e., if @var{x}
2287can be directly copied to or from a register of @var{class} in
2288@var{mode} without requiring a scratch register.  Do not define this
2289macro if it would always return @code{NO_REGS}.
2290
2291If a scratch register is required (either with or without an
2292intermediate register), you were supposed to define patterns for
2293@samp{reload_in@var{m}} or @samp{reload_out@var{m}}, as required
2294(@pxref{Standard Names}.  These patterns, which were normally
2295implemented with a @code{define_expand}, should be similar to the
2296@samp{mov@var{m}} patterns, except that operand 2 is the scratch
2297register.
2298
2299These patterns need constraints for the reload register and scratch
2300register that
2301contain a single register class.  If the original reload register (whose
2302class is @var{class}) can meet the constraint given in the pattern, the
2303value returned by these macros is used for the class of the scratch
2304register.  Otherwise, two additional reload registers are required.
2305Their classes are obtained from the constraints in the insn pattern.
2306
2307@var{x} might be a pseudo-register or a @code{subreg} of a
2308pseudo-register, which could either be in a hard register or in memory.
2309Use @code{true_regnum} to find out; it will return @minus{}1 if the pseudo is
2310in memory and the hard register number if it is in a register.
2311
2312These macros should not be used in the case where a particular class of
2313registers can only be copied to memory and not to another class of
2314registers.  In that case, secondary reload registers are not needed and
2315would not be helpful.  Instead, a stack location must be used to perform
2316the copy and the @code{mov@var{m}} pattern should use memory as an
2317intermediate storage.  This case often occurs between floating-point and
2318general registers.
2319@end defmac
2320
2321@hook TARGET_SECONDARY_MEMORY_NEEDED
2322
2323@defmac SECONDARY_MEMORY_NEEDED_RTX (@var{mode})
2324Normally when @code{TARGET_SECONDARY_MEMORY_NEEDED} is defined, the compiler
2325allocates a stack slot for a memory location needed for register copies.
2326If this macro is defined, the compiler instead uses the memory location
2327defined by this macro.
2328
2329Do not define this macro if you do not define
2330@code{TARGET_SECONDARY_MEMORY_NEEDED}.
2331@end defmac
2332
2333@hook TARGET_SECONDARY_MEMORY_NEEDED_MODE
2334
2335@hook TARGET_SELECT_EARLY_REMAT_MODES
2336
2337@hook TARGET_CLASS_LIKELY_SPILLED_P
2338
2339@hook TARGET_CLASS_MAX_NREGS
2340
2341@defmac CLASS_MAX_NREGS (@var{class}, @var{mode})
2342A C expression for the maximum number of consecutive registers
2343of class @var{class} needed to hold a value of mode @var{mode}.
2344
2345This is closely related to the macro @code{TARGET_HARD_REGNO_NREGS}.  In fact,
2346the value of the macro @code{CLASS_MAX_NREGS (@var{class}, @var{mode})}
2347should be the maximum value of @code{TARGET_HARD_REGNO_NREGS (@var{regno},
2348@var{mode})} for all @var{regno} values in the class @var{class}.
2349
2350This macro helps control the handling of multiple-word values
2351in the reload pass.
2352@end defmac
2353
2354@hook TARGET_CAN_CHANGE_MODE_CLASS
2355
2356@hook TARGET_IRA_CHANGE_PSEUDO_ALLOCNO_CLASS
2357
2358@hook TARGET_LRA_P
2359
2360@hook TARGET_REGISTER_PRIORITY
2361
2362@hook TARGET_REGISTER_USAGE_LEVELING_P
2363
2364@hook TARGET_DIFFERENT_ADDR_DISPLACEMENT_P
2365
2366@hook TARGET_CANNOT_SUBSTITUTE_MEM_EQUIV_P
2367
2368@hook TARGET_LEGITIMIZE_ADDRESS_DISPLACEMENT
2369
2370@hook TARGET_SPILL_CLASS
2371
2372@hook TARGET_ADDITIONAL_ALLOCNO_CLASS_P
2373
2374@hook TARGET_CSTORE_MODE
2375
2376@hook TARGET_COMPUTE_PRESSURE_CLASSES
2377
2378@node Stack and Calling
2379@section Stack Layout and Calling Conventions
2380@cindex calling conventions
2381
2382@c prevent bad page break with this line
2383This describes the stack layout and calling conventions.
2384
2385@menu
2386* Frame Layout::
2387* Exception Handling::
2388* Stack Checking::
2389* Frame Registers::
2390* Elimination::
2391* Stack Arguments::
2392* Register Arguments::
2393* Scalar Return::
2394* Aggregate Return::
2395* Caller Saves::
2396* Function Entry::
2397* Profiling::
2398* Tail Calls::
2399* Shrink-wrapping separate components::
2400* Stack Smashing Protection::
2401* Miscellaneous Register Hooks::
2402@end menu
2403
2404@node Frame Layout
2405@subsection Basic Stack Layout
2406@cindex stack frame layout
2407@cindex frame layout
2408
2409@c prevent bad page break with this line
2410Here is the basic stack layout.
2411
2412@defmac STACK_GROWS_DOWNWARD
2413Define this macro to be true if pushing a word onto the stack moves the stack
2414pointer to a smaller address, and false otherwise.
2415@end defmac
2416
2417@defmac STACK_PUSH_CODE
2418This macro defines the operation used when something is pushed
2419on the stack.  In RTL, a push operation will be
2420@code{(set (mem (STACK_PUSH_CODE (reg sp))) @dots{})}
2421
2422The choices are @code{PRE_DEC}, @code{POST_DEC}, @code{PRE_INC},
2423and @code{POST_INC}.  Which of these is correct depends on
2424the stack direction and on whether the stack pointer points
2425to the last item on the stack or whether it points to the
2426space for the next item on the stack.
2427
2428The default is @code{PRE_DEC} when @code{STACK_GROWS_DOWNWARD} is
2429true, which is almost always right, and @code{PRE_INC} otherwise,
2430which is often wrong.
2431@end defmac
2432
2433@defmac FRAME_GROWS_DOWNWARD
2434Define this macro to nonzero value if the addresses of local variable slots
2435are at negative offsets from the frame pointer.
2436@end defmac
2437
2438@defmac ARGS_GROW_DOWNWARD
2439Define this macro if successive arguments to a function occupy decreasing
2440addresses on the stack.
2441@end defmac
2442
2443@hook TARGET_STARTING_FRAME_OFFSET
2444
2445@defmac STACK_ALIGNMENT_NEEDED
2446Define to zero to disable final alignment of the stack during reload.
2447The nonzero default for this macro is suitable for most ports.
2448
2449On ports where @code{TARGET_STARTING_FRAME_OFFSET} is nonzero or where there
2450is a register save block following the local block that doesn't require
2451alignment to @code{STACK_BOUNDARY}, it may be beneficial to disable
2452stack alignment and do it in the backend.
2453@end defmac
2454
2455@defmac STACK_POINTER_OFFSET
2456Offset from the stack pointer register to the first location at which
2457outgoing arguments are placed.  If not specified, the default value of
2458zero is used.  This is the proper value for most machines.
2459
2460If @code{ARGS_GROW_DOWNWARD}, this is the offset to the location above
2461the first location at which outgoing arguments are placed.
2462@end defmac
2463
2464@defmac FIRST_PARM_OFFSET (@var{fundecl})
2465Offset from the argument pointer register to the first argument's
2466address.  On some machines it may depend on the data type of the
2467function.
2468
2469If @code{ARGS_GROW_DOWNWARD}, this is the offset to the location above
2470the first argument's address.
2471@end defmac
2472
2473@defmac STACK_DYNAMIC_OFFSET (@var{fundecl})
2474Offset from the stack pointer register to an item dynamically allocated
2475on the stack, e.g., by @code{alloca}.
2476
2477The default value for this macro is @code{STACK_POINTER_OFFSET} plus the
2478length of the outgoing arguments.  The default is correct for most
2479machines.  See @file{function.c} for details.
2480@end defmac
2481
2482@defmac INITIAL_FRAME_ADDRESS_RTX
2483A C expression whose value is RTL representing the address of the initial
2484stack frame. This address is passed to @code{RETURN_ADDR_RTX} and
2485@code{DYNAMIC_CHAIN_ADDRESS}.  If you don't define this macro, a reasonable
2486default value will be used.  Define this macro in order to make frame pointer
2487elimination work in the presence of @code{__builtin_frame_address (count)} and
2488@code{__builtin_return_address (count)} for @code{count} not equal to zero.
2489@end defmac
2490
2491@defmac DYNAMIC_CHAIN_ADDRESS (@var{frameaddr})
2492A C expression whose value is RTL representing the address in a stack
2493frame where the pointer to the caller's frame is stored.  Assume that
2494@var{frameaddr} is an RTL expression for the address of the stack frame
2495itself.
2496
2497If you don't define this macro, the default is to return the value
2498of @var{frameaddr}---that is, the stack frame address is also the
2499address of the stack word that points to the previous frame.
2500@end defmac
2501
2502@defmac SETUP_FRAME_ADDRESSES
2503A C expression that produces the machine-specific code to
2504setup the stack so that arbitrary frames can be accessed.  For example,
2505on the SPARC, we must flush all of the register windows to the stack
2506before we can access arbitrary stack frames.  You will seldom need to
2507define this macro.  The default is to do nothing.
2508@end defmac
2509
2510@hook TARGET_BUILTIN_SETJMP_FRAME_VALUE
2511
2512@defmac FRAME_ADDR_RTX (@var{frameaddr})
2513A C expression whose value is RTL representing the value of the frame
2514address for the current frame.  @var{frameaddr} is the frame pointer
2515of the current frame.  This is used for __builtin_frame_address.
2516You need only define this macro if the frame address is not the same
2517as the frame pointer.  Most machines do not need to define it.
2518@end defmac
2519
2520@defmac RETURN_ADDR_RTX (@var{count}, @var{frameaddr})
2521A C expression whose value is RTL representing the value of the return
2522address for the frame @var{count} steps up from the current frame, after
2523the prologue.  @var{frameaddr} is the frame pointer of the @var{count}
2524frame, or the frame pointer of the @var{count} @minus{} 1 frame if
2525@code{RETURN_ADDR_IN_PREVIOUS_FRAME} is nonzero.
2526
2527The value of the expression must always be the correct address when
2528@var{count} is zero, but may be @code{NULL_RTX} if there is no way to
2529determine the return address of other frames.
2530@end defmac
2531
2532@defmac RETURN_ADDR_IN_PREVIOUS_FRAME
2533Define this macro to nonzero value if the return address of a particular
2534stack frame is accessed from the frame pointer of the previous stack
2535frame.  The zero default for this macro is suitable for most ports.
2536@end defmac
2537
2538@defmac INCOMING_RETURN_ADDR_RTX
2539A C expression whose value is RTL representing the location of the
2540incoming return address at the beginning of any function, before the
2541prologue.  This RTL is either a @code{REG}, indicating that the return
2542value is saved in @samp{REG}, or a @code{MEM} representing a location in
2543the stack.
2544
2545You only need to define this macro if you want to support call frame
2546debugging information like that provided by DWARF 2.
2547
2548If this RTL is a @code{REG}, you should also define
2549@code{DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN} to @code{DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (REGNO)}.
2550@end defmac
2551
2552@defmac DWARF_ALT_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN
2553A C expression whose value is an integer giving a DWARF 2 column
2554number that may be used as an alternative return column.  The column
2555must not correspond to any gcc hard register (that is, it must not
2556be in the range of @code{DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM}).
2557
2558This macro can be useful if @code{DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN} is set to a
2559general register, but an alternative column needs to be used for signal
2560frames.  Some targets have also used different frame return columns
2561over time.
2562@end defmac
2563
2564@defmac DWARF_ZERO_REG
2565A C expression whose value is an integer giving a DWARF 2 register
2566number that is considered to always have the value zero.  This should
2567only be defined if the target has an architected zero register, and
2568someone decided it was a good idea to use that register number to
2569terminate the stack backtrace.  New ports should avoid this.
2570@end defmac
2571
2572@hook TARGET_DWARF_HANDLE_FRAME_UNSPEC
2573
2574@hook TARGET_DWARF_POLY_INDETERMINATE_VALUE
2575
2576@defmac INCOMING_FRAME_SP_OFFSET
2577A C expression whose value is an integer giving the offset, in bytes,
2578from the value of the stack pointer register to the top of the stack
2579frame at the beginning of any function, before the prologue.  The top of
2580the frame is defined to be the value of the stack pointer in the
2581previous frame, just before the call instruction.
2582
2583You only need to define this macro if you want to support call frame
2584debugging information like that provided by DWARF 2.
2585@end defmac
2586
2587@defmac DEFAULT_INCOMING_FRAME_SP_OFFSET
2588Like @code{INCOMING_FRAME_SP_OFFSET}, but must be the same for all
2589functions of the same ABI, and when using GAS @code{.cfi_*} directives
2590must also agree with the default CFI GAS emits.  Define this macro
2591only if @code{INCOMING_FRAME_SP_OFFSET} can have different values
2592between different functions of the same ABI or when
2593@code{INCOMING_FRAME_SP_OFFSET} does not agree with GAS default CFI.
2594@end defmac
2595
2596@defmac ARG_POINTER_CFA_OFFSET (@var{fundecl})
2597A C expression whose value is an integer giving the offset, in bytes,
2598from the argument pointer to the canonical frame address (cfa).  The
2599final value should coincide with that calculated by
2600@code{INCOMING_FRAME_SP_OFFSET}.  Which is unfortunately not usable
2601during virtual register instantiation.
2602
2603The default value for this macro is
2604@code{FIRST_PARM_OFFSET (fundecl) + crtl->args.pretend_args_size},
2605which is correct for most machines; in general, the arguments are found
2606immediately before the stack frame.  Note that this is not the case on
2607some targets that save registers into the caller's frame, such as SPARC
2608and rs6000, and so such targets need to define this macro.
2609
2610You only need to define this macro if the default is incorrect, and you
2611want to support call frame debugging information like that provided by
2612DWARF 2.
2613@end defmac
2614
2615@defmac FRAME_POINTER_CFA_OFFSET (@var{fundecl})
2616If defined, a C expression whose value is an integer giving the offset
2617in bytes from the frame pointer to the canonical frame address (cfa).
2618The final value should coincide with that calculated by
2619@code{INCOMING_FRAME_SP_OFFSET}.
2620
2621Normally the CFA is calculated as an offset from the argument pointer,
2622via @code{ARG_POINTER_CFA_OFFSET}, but if the argument pointer is
2623variable due to the ABI, this may not be possible.  If this macro is
2624defined, it implies that the virtual register instantiation should be
2625based on the frame pointer instead of the argument pointer.  Only one
2626of @code{FRAME_POINTER_CFA_OFFSET} and @code{ARG_POINTER_CFA_OFFSET}
2627should be defined.
2628@end defmac
2629
2630@defmac CFA_FRAME_BASE_OFFSET (@var{fundecl})
2631If defined, a C expression whose value is an integer giving the offset
2632in bytes from the canonical frame address (cfa) to the frame base used
2633in DWARF 2 debug information.  The default is zero.  A different value
2634may reduce the size of debug information on some ports.
2635@end defmac
2636
2637@node Exception Handling
2638@subsection Exception Handling Support
2639@cindex exception handling
2640
2641@defmac EH_RETURN_DATA_REGNO (@var{N})
2642A C expression whose value is the @var{N}th register number used for
2643data by exception handlers, or @code{INVALID_REGNUM} if fewer than
2644@var{N} registers are usable.
2645
2646The exception handling library routines communicate with the exception
2647handlers via a set of agreed upon registers.  Ideally these registers
2648should be call-clobbered; it is possible to use call-saved registers,
2649but may negatively impact code size.  The target must support at least
26502 data registers, but should define 4 if there are enough free registers.
2651
2652You must define this macro if you want to support call frame exception
2653handling like that provided by DWARF 2.
2654@end defmac
2655
2656@defmac EH_RETURN_STACKADJ_RTX
2657A C expression whose value is RTL representing a location in which
2658to store a stack adjustment to be applied before function return.
2659This is used to unwind the stack to an exception handler's call frame.
2660It will be assigned zero on code paths that return normally.
2661
2662Typically this is a call-clobbered hard register that is otherwise
2663untouched by the epilogue, but could also be a stack slot.
2664
2665Do not define this macro if the stack pointer is saved and restored
2666by the regular prolog and epilog code in the call frame itself; in
2667this case, the exception handling library routines will update the
2668stack location to be restored in place.  Otherwise, you must define
2669this macro if you want to support call frame exception handling like
2670that provided by DWARF 2.
2671@end defmac
2672
2673@defmac EH_RETURN_HANDLER_RTX
2674A C expression whose value is RTL representing a location in which
2675to store the address of an exception handler to which we should
2676return.  It will not be assigned on code paths that return normally.
2677
2678Typically this is the location in the call frame at which the normal
2679return address is stored.  For targets that return by popping an
2680address off the stack, this might be a memory address just below
2681the @emph{target} call frame rather than inside the current call
2682frame.  If defined, @code{EH_RETURN_STACKADJ_RTX} will have already
2683been assigned, so it may be used to calculate the location of the
2684target call frame.
2685
2686Some targets have more complex requirements than storing to an
2687address calculable during initial code generation.  In that case
2688the @code{eh_return} instruction pattern should be used instead.
2689
2690If you want to support call frame exception handling, you must
2691define either this macro or the @code{eh_return} instruction pattern.
2692@end defmac
2693
2694@defmac RETURN_ADDR_OFFSET
2695If defined, an integer-valued C expression for which rtl will be generated
2696to add it to the exception handler address before it is searched in the
2697exception handling tables, and to subtract it again from the address before
2698using it to return to the exception handler.
2699@end defmac
2700
2701@defmac ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (@var{code}, @var{global})
2702This macro chooses the encoding of pointers embedded in the exception
2703handling sections.  If at all possible, this should be defined such
2704that the exception handling section will not require dynamic relocations,
2705and so may be read-only.
2706
2707@var{code} is 0 for data, 1 for code labels, 2 for function pointers.
2708@var{global} is true if the symbol may be affected by dynamic relocations.
2709The macro should return a combination of the @code{DW_EH_PE_*} defines
2710as found in @file{dwarf2.h}.
2711
2712If this macro is not defined, pointers will not be encoded but
2713represented directly.
2714@end defmac
2715
2716@defmac ASM_MAYBE_OUTPUT_ENCODED_ADDR_RTX (@var{file}, @var{encoding}, @var{size}, @var{addr}, @var{done})
2717This macro allows the target to emit whatever special magic is required
2718to represent the encoding chosen by @code{ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT}.
2719Generic code takes care of pc-relative and indirect encodings; this must
2720be defined if the target uses text-relative or data-relative encodings.
2721
2722This is a C statement that branches to @var{done} if the format was
2723handled.  @var{encoding} is the format chosen, @var{size} is the number
2724of bytes that the format occupies, @var{addr} is the @code{SYMBOL_REF}
2725to be emitted.
2726@end defmac
2727
2728@defmac MD_FALLBACK_FRAME_STATE_FOR (@var{context}, @var{fs})
2729This macro allows the target to add CPU and operating system specific
2730code to the call-frame unwinder for use when there is no unwind data
2731available.  The most common reason to implement this macro is to unwind
2732through signal frames.
2733
2734This macro is called from @code{uw_frame_state_for} in
2735@file{unwind-dw2.c}, @file{unwind-dw2-xtensa.c} and
2736@file{unwind-ia64.c}.  @var{context} is an @code{_Unwind_Context};
2737@var{fs} is an @code{_Unwind_FrameState}.  Examine @code{context->ra}
2738for the address of the code being executed and @code{context->cfa} for
2739the stack pointer value.  If the frame can be decoded, the register
2740save addresses should be updated in @var{fs} and the macro should
2741evaluate to @code{_URC_NO_REASON}.  If the frame cannot be decoded,
2742the macro should evaluate to @code{_URC_END_OF_STACK}.
2743
2744For proper signal handling in Java this macro is accompanied by
2745@code{MAKE_THROW_FRAME}, defined in @file{libjava/include/*-signal.h} headers.
2746@end defmac
2747
2748@defmac MD_HANDLE_UNWABI (@var{context}, @var{fs})
2749This macro allows the target to add operating system specific code to the
2750call-frame unwinder to handle the IA-64 @code{.unwabi} unwinding directive,
2751usually used for signal or interrupt frames.
2752
2753This macro is called from @code{uw_update_context} in libgcc's
2754@file{unwind-ia64.c}.  @var{context} is an @code{_Unwind_Context};
2755@var{fs} is an @code{_Unwind_FrameState}.  Examine @code{fs->unwabi}
2756for the abi and context in the @code{.unwabi} directive.  If the
2757@code{.unwabi} directive can be handled, the register save addresses should
2758be updated in @var{fs}.
2759@end defmac
2760
2761@defmac TARGET_USES_WEAK_UNWIND_INFO
2762A C expression that evaluates to true if the target requires unwind
2763info to be given comdat linkage.  Define it to be @code{1} if comdat
2764linkage is necessary.  The default is @code{0}.
2765@end defmac
2766
2767@node Stack Checking
2768@subsection Specifying How Stack Checking is Done
2769
2770GCC will check that stack references are within the boundaries of the
2771stack, if the option @option{-fstack-check} is specified, in one of
2772three ways:
2773
2774@enumerate
2775@item
2776If the value of the @code{STACK_CHECK_BUILTIN} macro is nonzero, GCC
2777will assume that you have arranged for full stack checking to be done
2778at appropriate places in the configuration files.  GCC will not do
2779other special processing.
2780
2781@item
2782If @code{STACK_CHECK_BUILTIN} is zero and the value of the
2783@code{STACK_CHECK_STATIC_BUILTIN} macro is nonzero, GCC will assume
2784that you have arranged for static stack checking (checking of the
2785static stack frame of functions) to be done at appropriate places
2786in the configuration files.  GCC will only emit code to do dynamic
2787stack checking (checking on dynamic stack allocations) using the third
2788approach below.
2789
2790@item
2791If neither of the above are true, GCC will generate code to periodically
2792``probe'' the stack pointer using the values of the macros defined below.
2793@end enumerate
2794
2795If neither STACK_CHECK_BUILTIN nor STACK_CHECK_STATIC_BUILTIN is defined,
2796GCC will change its allocation strategy for large objects if the option
2797@option{-fstack-check} is specified: they will always be allocated
2798dynamically if their size exceeds @code{STACK_CHECK_MAX_VAR_SIZE} bytes.
2799
2800@defmac STACK_CHECK_BUILTIN
2801A nonzero value if stack checking is done by the configuration files in a
2802machine-dependent manner.  You should define this macro if stack checking
2803is required by the ABI of your machine or if you would like to do stack
2804checking in some more efficient way than the generic approach.  The default
2805value of this macro is zero.
2806@end defmac
2807
2808@defmac STACK_CHECK_STATIC_BUILTIN
2809A nonzero value if static stack checking is done by the configuration files
2810in a machine-dependent manner.  You should define this macro if you would
2811like to do static stack checking in some more efficient way than the generic
2812approach.  The default value of this macro is zero.
2813@end defmac
2814
2815@defmac STACK_CHECK_PROBE_INTERVAL_EXP
2816An integer specifying the interval at which GCC must generate stack probe
2817instructions, defined as 2 raised to this integer.  You will normally
2818define this macro so that the interval be no larger than the size of
2819the ``guard pages'' at the end of a stack area.  The default value
2820of 12 (4096-byte interval) is suitable for most systems.
2821@end defmac
2822
2823@defmac STACK_CHECK_MOVING_SP
2824An integer which is nonzero if GCC should move the stack pointer page by page
2825when doing probes.  This can be necessary on systems where the stack pointer
2826contains the bottom address of the memory area accessible to the executing
2827thread at any point in time.  In this situation an alternate signal stack
2828is required in order to be able to recover from a stack overflow.  The
2829default value of this macro is zero.
2830@end defmac
2831
2832@defmac STACK_CHECK_PROTECT
2833The number of bytes of stack needed to recover from a stack overflow, for
2834languages where such a recovery is supported.  The default value of 4KB/8KB
2835with the @code{setjmp}/@code{longjmp}-based exception handling mechanism and
28368KB/12KB with other exception handling mechanisms should be adequate for most
2837architectures and operating systems.
2838@end defmac
2839
2840The following macros are relevant only if neither STACK_CHECK_BUILTIN
2841nor STACK_CHECK_STATIC_BUILTIN is defined; you can omit them altogether
2842in the opposite case.
2843
2844@defmac STACK_CHECK_MAX_FRAME_SIZE
2845The maximum size of a stack frame, in bytes.  GCC will generate probe
2846instructions in non-leaf functions to ensure at least this many bytes of
2847stack are available.  If a stack frame is larger than this size, stack
2848checking will not be reliable and GCC will issue a warning.  The
2849default is chosen so that GCC only generates one instruction on most
2850systems.  You should normally not change the default value of this macro.
2851@end defmac
2852
2853@defmac STACK_CHECK_FIXED_FRAME_SIZE
2854GCC uses this value to generate the above warning message.  It
2855represents the amount of fixed frame used by a function, not including
2856space for any callee-saved registers, temporaries and user variables.
2857You need only specify an upper bound for this amount and will normally
2858use the default of four words.
2859@end defmac
2860
2861@defmac STACK_CHECK_MAX_VAR_SIZE
2862The maximum size, in bytes, of an object that GCC will place in the
2863fixed area of the stack frame when the user specifies
2864@option{-fstack-check}.
2865GCC computed the default from the values of the above macros and you will
2866normally not need to override that default.
2867@end defmac
2868
2869@hook TARGET_STACK_CLASH_PROTECTION_ALLOCA_PROBE_RANGE
2870
2871@need 2000
2872@node Frame Registers
2873@subsection Registers That Address the Stack Frame
2874
2875@c prevent bad page break with this line
2876This discusses registers that address the stack frame.
2877
2878@defmac STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
2879The register number of the stack pointer register, which must also be a
2880fixed register according to @code{FIXED_REGISTERS}.  On most machines,
2881the hardware determines which register this is.
2882@end defmac
2883
2884@defmac FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
2885The register number of the frame pointer register, which is used to
2886access automatic variables in the stack frame.  On some machines, the
2887hardware determines which register this is.  On other machines, you can
2888choose any register you wish for this purpose.
2889@end defmac
2890
2891@defmac HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
2892On some machines the offset between the frame pointer and starting
2893offset of the automatic variables is not known until after register
2894allocation has been done (for example, because the saved registers are
2895between these two locations).  On those machines, define
2896@code{FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM} the number of a special, fixed register to
2897be used internally until the offset is known, and define
2898@code{HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM} to be the actual hard register number
2899used for the frame pointer.
2900
2901You should define this macro only in the very rare circumstances when it
2902is not possible to calculate the offset between the frame pointer and
2903the automatic variables until after register allocation has been
2904completed.  When this macro is defined, you must also indicate in your
2905definition of @code{ELIMINABLE_REGS} how to eliminate
2906@code{FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM} into either @code{HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM}
2907or @code{STACK_POINTER_REGNUM}.
2908
2909Do not define this macro if it would be the same as
2910@code{FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM}.
2911@end defmac
2912
2913@defmac ARG_POINTER_REGNUM
2914The register number of the arg pointer register, which is used to access
2915the function's argument list.  On some machines, this is the same as the
2916frame pointer register.  On some machines, the hardware determines which
2917register this is.  On other machines, you can choose any register you
2918wish for this purpose.  If this is not the same register as the frame
2919pointer register, then you must mark it as a fixed register according to
2920@code{FIXED_REGISTERS}, or arrange to be able to eliminate it
2921(@pxref{Elimination}).
2922@end defmac
2923
2924@defmac HARD_FRAME_POINTER_IS_FRAME_POINTER
2925Define this to a preprocessor constant that is nonzero if
2926@code{hard_frame_pointer_rtx} and @code{frame_pointer_rtx} should be
2927the same.  The default definition is @samp{(HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
2928== FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM)}; you only need to define this macro if that
2929definition is not suitable for use in preprocessor conditionals.
2930@end defmac
2931
2932@defmac HARD_FRAME_POINTER_IS_ARG_POINTER
2933Define this to a preprocessor constant that is nonzero if
2934@code{hard_frame_pointer_rtx} and @code{arg_pointer_rtx} should be the
2935same.  The default definition is @samp{(HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM ==
2936ARG_POINTER_REGNUM)}; you only need to define this macro if that
2937definition is not suitable for use in preprocessor conditionals.
2938@end defmac
2939
2940@defmac RETURN_ADDRESS_POINTER_REGNUM
2941The register number of the return address pointer register, which is used to
2942access the current function's return address from the stack.  On some
2943machines, the return address is not at a fixed offset from the frame
2944pointer or stack pointer or argument pointer.  This register can be defined
2945to point to the return address on the stack, and then be converted by
2946@code{ELIMINABLE_REGS} into either the frame pointer or stack pointer.
2947
2948Do not define this macro unless there is no other way to get the return
2949address from the stack.
2950@end defmac
2951
2952@defmac STATIC_CHAIN_REGNUM
2953@defmacx STATIC_CHAIN_INCOMING_REGNUM
2954Register numbers used for passing a function's static chain pointer.  If
2955register windows are used, the register number as seen by the called
2956function is @code{STATIC_CHAIN_INCOMING_REGNUM}, while the register
2957number as seen by the calling function is @code{STATIC_CHAIN_REGNUM}.  If
2958these registers are the same, @code{STATIC_CHAIN_INCOMING_REGNUM} need
2959not be defined.
2960
2961The static chain register need not be a fixed register.
2962
2963If the static chain is passed in memory, these macros should not be
2964defined; instead, the @code{TARGET_STATIC_CHAIN} hook should be used.
2965@end defmac
2966
2967@hook TARGET_STATIC_CHAIN
2968
2969@defmac DWARF_FRAME_REGISTERS
2970This macro specifies the maximum number of hard registers that can be
2971saved in a call frame.  This is used to size data structures used in
2972DWARF2 exception handling.
2973
2974Prior to GCC 3.0, this macro was needed in order to establish a stable
2975exception handling ABI in the face of adding new hard registers for ISA
2976extensions.  In GCC 3.0 and later, the EH ABI is insulated from changes
2977in the number of hard registers.  Nevertheless, this macro can still be
2978used to reduce the runtime memory requirements of the exception handling
2979routines, which can be substantial if the ISA contains a lot of
2980registers that are not call-saved.
2981
2982If this macro is not defined, it defaults to
2983@code{FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER}.
2984@end defmac
2985
2986@defmac PRE_GCC3_DWARF_FRAME_REGISTERS
2987
2988This macro is similar to @code{DWARF_FRAME_REGISTERS}, but is provided
2989for backward compatibility in pre GCC 3.0 compiled code.
2990
2991If this macro is not defined, it defaults to
2992@code{DWARF_FRAME_REGISTERS}.
2993@end defmac
2994
2995@defmac DWARF_REG_TO_UNWIND_COLUMN (@var{regno})
2996
2997Define this macro if the target's representation for dwarf registers
2998is different than the internal representation for unwind column.
2999Given a dwarf register, this macro should return the internal unwind
3000column number to use instead.
3001@end defmac
3002
3003@defmac DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (@var{regno})
3004
3005Define this macro if the target's representation for dwarf registers
3006used in .eh_frame or .debug_frame is different from that used in other
3007debug info sections.  Given a GCC hard register number, this macro
3008should return the .eh_frame register number.  The default is
3009@code{DBX_REGISTER_NUMBER (@var{regno})}.
3010
3011@end defmac
3012
3013@defmac DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (@var{regno}, @var{for_eh})
3014
3015Define this macro to map register numbers held in the call frame info
3016that GCC has collected using @code{DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM} to those that
3017should be output in .debug_frame (@code{@var{for_eh}} is zero) and
3018.eh_frame (@code{@var{for_eh}} is nonzero).  The default is to
3019return @code{@var{regno}}.
3020
3021@end defmac
3022
3023@defmac REG_VALUE_IN_UNWIND_CONTEXT
3024
3025Define this macro if the target stores register values as
3026@code{_Unwind_Word} type in unwind context.  It should be defined if
3027target register size is larger than the size of @code{void *}.  The
3028default is to store register values as @code{void *} type.
3029
3030@end defmac
3031
3032@defmac ASSUME_EXTENDED_UNWIND_CONTEXT
3033
3034Define this macro to be 1 if the target always uses extended unwind
3035context with version, args_size and by_value fields.  If it is undefined,
3036it will be defined to 1 when @code{REG_VALUE_IN_UNWIND_CONTEXT} is
3037defined and 0 otherwise.
3038
3039@end defmac
3040
3041@defmac DWARF_LAZY_REGISTER_VALUE (@var{regno}, @var{value})
3042Define this macro if the target has pseudo DWARF registers whose
3043values need to be computed lazily on demand by the unwinder (such as when
3044referenced in a CFA expression).  The macro returns true if @var{regno}
3045is such a register and stores its value in @samp{*@var{value}} if so.
3046@end defmac
3047
3048@node Elimination
3049@subsection Eliminating Frame Pointer and Arg Pointer
3050
3051@c prevent bad page break with this line
3052This is about eliminating the frame pointer and arg pointer.
3053
3054@hook TARGET_FRAME_POINTER_REQUIRED
3055
3056@defmac ELIMINABLE_REGS
3057This macro specifies a table of register pairs used to eliminate
3058unneeded registers that point into the stack frame.
3059
3060The definition of this macro is a list of structure initializations, each
3061of which specifies an original and replacement register.
3062
3063On some machines, the position of the argument pointer is not known until
3064the compilation is completed.  In such a case, a separate hard register
3065must be used for the argument pointer.  This register can be eliminated by
3066replacing it with either the frame pointer or the argument pointer,
3067depending on whether or not the frame pointer has been eliminated.
3068
3069In this case, you might specify:
3070@smallexample
3071#define ELIMINABLE_REGS  \
3072@{@{ARG_POINTER_REGNUM, STACK_POINTER_REGNUM@}, \
3073 @{ARG_POINTER_REGNUM, FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM@}, \
3074 @{FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM, STACK_POINTER_REGNUM@}@}
3075@end smallexample
3076
3077Note that the elimination of the argument pointer with the stack pointer is
3078specified first since that is the preferred elimination.
3079@end defmac
3080
3081@hook TARGET_CAN_ELIMINATE
3082
3083@defmac INITIAL_ELIMINATION_OFFSET (@var{from-reg}, @var{to-reg}, @var{offset-var})
3084This macro returns the initial difference between the specified pair
3085of registers.  The value would be computed from information
3086such as the result of @code{get_frame_size ()} and the tables of
3087registers @code{df_regs_ever_live_p} and @code{call_used_regs}.
3088@end defmac
3089
3090@hook TARGET_COMPUTE_FRAME_LAYOUT
3091
3092@node Stack Arguments
3093@subsection Passing Function Arguments on the Stack
3094@cindex arguments on stack
3095@cindex stack arguments
3096
3097The macros in this section control how arguments are passed
3098on the stack.  See the following section for other macros that
3099control passing certain arguments in registers.
3100
3101@hook TARGET_PROMOTE_PROTOTYPES
3102
3103@defmac PUSH_ARGS
3104A C expression.  If nonzero, push insns will be used to pass
3105outgoing arguments.
3106If the target machine does not have a push instruction, set it to zero.
3107That directs GCC to use an alternate strategy: to
3108allocate the entire argument block and then store the arguments into
3109it.  When @code{PUSH_ARGS} is nonzero, @code{PUSH_ROUNDING} must be defined too.
3110@end defmac
3111
3112@defmac PUSH_ARGS_REVERSED
3113A C expression.  If nonzero, function arguments will be evaluated from
3114last to first, rather than from first to last.  If this macro is not
3115defined, it defaults to @code{PUSH_ARGS} on targets where the stack
3116and args grow in opposite directions, and 0 otherwise.
3117@end defmac
3118
3119@defmac PUSH_ROUNDING (@var{npushed})
3120A C expression that is the number of bytes actually pushed onto the
3121stack when an instruction attempts to push @var{npushed} bytes.
3122
3123On some machines, the definition
3124
3125@smallexample
3126#define PUSH_ROUNDING(BYTES) (BYTES)
3127@end smallexample
3128
3129@noindent
3130will suffice.  But on other machines, instructions that appear
3131to push one byte actually push two bytes in an attempt to maintain
3132alignment.  Then the definition should be
3133
3134@smallexample
3135#define PUSH_ROUNDING(BYTES) (((BYTES) + 1) & ~1)
3136@end smallexample
3137
3138If the value of this macro has a type, it should be an unsigned type.
3139@end defmac
3140
3141@findex outgoing_args_size
3142@findex crtl->outgoing_args_size
3143@defmac ACCUMULATE_OUTGOING_ARGS
3144A C expression.  If nonzero, the maximum amount of space required for outgoing arguments
3145will be computed and placed into
3146@code{crtl->outgoing_args_size}.  No space will be pushed
3147onto the stack for each call; instead, the function prologue should
3148increase the stack frame size by this amount.
3149
3150Setting both @code{PUSH_ARGS} and @code{ACCUMULATE_OUTGOING_ARGS}
3151is not proper.
3152@end defmac
3153
3154@defmac REG_PARM_STACK_SPACE (@var{fndecl})
3155Define this macro if functions should assume that stack space has been
3156allocated for arguments even when their values are passed in
3157registers.
3158
3159The value of this macro is the size, in bytes, of the area reserved for
3160arguments passed in registers for the function represented by @var{fndecl},
3161which can be zero if GCC is calling a library function.
3162The argument @var{fndecl} can be the FUNCTION_DECL, or the type itself
3163of the function.
3164
3165This space can be allocated by the caller, or be a part of the
3166machine-dependent stack frame: @code{OUTGOING_REG_PARM_STACK_SPACE} says
3167which.
3168@end defmac
3169@c above is overfull.  not sure what to do.  --mew 5feb93  did
3170@c something, not sure if it looks good.  --mew 10feb93
3171
3172@defmac INCOMING_REG_PARM_STACK_SPACE (@var{fndecl})
3173Like @code{REG_PARM_STACK_SPACE}, but for incoming register arguments.
3174Define this macro if space guaranteed when compiling a function body
3175is different to space required when making a call, a situation that
3176can arise with K&R style function definitions.
3177@end defmac
3178
3179@defmac OUTGOING_REG_PARM_STACK_SPACE (@var{fntype})
3180Define this to a nonzero value if it is the responsibility of the
3181caller to allocate the area reserved for arguments passed in registers
3182when calling a function of @var{fntype}.  @var{fntype} may be NULL
3183if the function called is a library function.
3184
3185If @code{ACCUMULATE_OUTGOING_ARGS} is defined, this macro controls
3186whether the space for these arguments counts in the value of
3187@code{crtl->outgoing_args_size}.
3188@end defmac
3189
3190@defmac STACK_PARMS_IN_REG_PARM_AREA
3191Define this macro if @code{REG_PARM_STACK_SPACE} is defined, but the
3192stack parameters don't skip the area specified by it.
3193@c i changed this, makes more sens and it should have taken care of the
3194@c overfull.. not as specific, tho.  --mew 5feb93
3195
3196Normally, when a parameter is not passed in registers, it is placed on the
3197stack beyond the @code{REG_PARM_STACK_SPACE} area.  Defining this macro
3198suppresses this behavior and causes the parameter to be passed on the
3199stack in its natural location.
3200@end defmac
3201
3202@hook TARGET_RETURN_POPS_ARGS
3203
3204@defmac CALL_POPS_ARGS (@var{cum})
3205A C expression that should indicate the number of bytes a call sequence
3206pops off the stack.  It is added to the value of @code{RETURN_POPS_ARGS}
3207when compiling a function call.
3208
3209@var{cum} is the variable in which all arguments to the called function
3210have been accumulated.
3211
3212On certain architectures, such as the SH5, a call trampoline is used
3213that pops certain registers off the stack, depending on the arguments
3214that have been passed to the function.  Since this is a property of the
3215call site, not of the called function, @code{RETURN_POPS_ARGS} is not
3216appropriate.
3217@end defmac
3218
3219@node Register Arguments
3220@subsection Passing Arguments in Registers
3221@cindex arguments in registers
3222@cindex registers arguments
3223
3224This section describes the macros which let you control how various
3225types of arguments are passed in registers or how they are arranged in
3226the stack.
3227
3228@hook TARGET_FUNCTION_ARG
3229
3230@hook TARGET_MUST_PASS_IN_STACK
3231
3232@hook TARGET_FUNCTION_INCOMING_ARG
3233
3234@hook TARGET_USE_PSEUDO_PIC_REG
3235
3236@hook TARGET_INIT_PIC_REG
3237
3238@hook TARGET_ARG_PARTIAL_BYTES
3239
3240@hook TARGET_PASS_BY_REFERENCE
3241
3242@hook TARGET_CALLEE_COPIES
3243
3244@defmac CUMULATIVE_ARGS
3245A C type for declaring a variable that is used as the first argument
3246of @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_ARG} and other related values.  For some
3247target machines, the type @code{int} suffices and can hold the number
3248of bytes of argument so far.
3249
3250There is no need to record in @code{CUMULATIVE_ARGS} anything about the
3251arguments that have been passed on the stack.  The compiler has other
3252variables to keep track of that.  For target machines on which all
3253arguments are passed on the stack, there is no need to store anything in
3254@code{CUMULATIVE_ARGS}; however, the data structure must exist and
3255should not be empty, so use @code{int}.
3256@end defmac
3257
3258@defmac OVERRIDE_ABI_FORMAT (@var{fndecl})
3259If defined, this macro is called before generating any code for a
3260function, but after the @var{cfun} descriptor for the function has been
3261created.  The back end may use this macro to update @var{cfun} to
3262reflect an ABI other than that which would normally be used by default.
3263If the compiler is generating code for a compiler-generated function,
3264@var{fndecl} may be @code{NULL}.
3265@end defmac
3266
3267@defmac INIT_CUMULATIVE_ARGS (@var{cum}, @var{fntype}, @var{libname}, @var{fndecl}, @var{n_named_args})
3268A C statement (sans semicolon) for initializing the variable
3269@var{cum} for the state at the beginning of the argument list.  The
3270variable has type @code{CUMULATIVE_ARGS}.  The value of @var{fntype}
3271is the tree node for the data type of the function which will receive
3272the args, or 0 if the args are to a compiler support library function.
3273For direct calls that are not libcalls, @var{fndecl} contain the
3274declaration node of the function.  @var{fndecl} is also set when
3275@code{INIT_CUMULATIVE_ARGS} is used to find arguments for the function
3276being compiled.  @var{n_named_args} is set to the number of named
3277arguments, including a structure return address if it is passed as a
3278parameter, when making a call.  When processing incoming arguments,
3279@var{n_named_args} is set to @minus{}1.
3280
3281When processing a call to a compiler support library function,
3282@var{libname} identifies which one.  It is a @code{symbol_ref} rtx which
3283contains the name of the function, as a string.  @var{libname} is 0 when
3284an ordinary C function call is being processed.  Thus, each time this
3285macro is called, either @var{libname} or @var{fntype} is nonzero, but
3286never both of them at once.
3287@end defmac
3288
3289@defmac INIT_CUMULATIVE_LIBCALL_ARGS (@var{cum}, @var{mode}, @var{libname})
3290Like @code{INIT_CUMULATIVE_ARGS} but only used for outgoing libcalls,
3291it gets a @code{MODE} argument instead of @var{fntype}, that would be
3292@code{NULL}.  @var{indirect} would always be zero, too.  If this macro
3293is not defined, @code{INIT_CUMULATIVE_ARGS (cum, NULL_RTX, libname,
32940)} is used instead.
3295@end defmac
3296
3297@defmac INIT_CUMULATIVE_INCOMING_ARGS (@var{cum}, @var{fntype}, @var{libname})
3298Like @code{INIT_CUMULATIVE_ARGS} but overrides it for the purposes of
3299finding the arguments for the function being compiled.  If this macro is
3300undefined, @code{INIT_CUMULATIVE_ARGS} is used instead.
3301
3302The value passed for @var{libname} is always 0, since library routines
3303with special calling conventions are never compiled with GCC@.  The
3304argument @var{libname} exists for symmetry with
3305@code{INIT_CUMULATIVE_ARGS}.
3306@c could use "this macro" in place of @code{INIT_CUMULATIVE_ARGS}, maybe.
3307@c --mew 5feb93   i switched the order of the sentences.  --mew 10feb93
3308@end defmac
3309
3310@hook TARGET_FUNCTION_ARG_ADVANCE
3311
3312@hook TARGET_FUNCTION_ARG_OFFSET
3313
3314@hook TARGET_FUNCTION_ARG_PADDING
3315
3316@defmac PAD_VARARGS_DOWN
3317If defined, a C expression which determines whether the default
3318implementation of va_arg will attempt to pad down before reading the
3319next argument, if that argument is smaller than its aligned space as
3320controlled by @code{PARM_BOUNDARY}.  If this macro is not defined, all such
3321arguments are padded down if @code{BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN} is true.
3322@end defmac
3323
3324@defmac BLOCK_REG_PADDING (@var{mode}, @var{type}, @var{first})
3325Specify padding for the last element of a block move between registers and
3326memory.  @var{first} is nonzero if this is the only element.  Defining this
3327macro allows better control of register function parameters on big-endian
3328machines, without using @code{PARALLEL} rtl.  In particular,
3329@code{MUST_PASS_IN_STACK} need not test padding and mode of types in
3330registers, as there is no longer a "wrong" part of a register;  For example,
3331a three byte aggregate may be passed in the high part of a register if so
3332required.
3333@end defmac
3334
3335@hook TARGET_FUNCTION_ARG_BOUNDARY
3336
3337@hook TARGET_FUNCTION_ARG_ROUND_BOUNDARY
3338
3339@defmac FUNCTION_ARG_REGNO_P (@var{regno})
3340A C expression that is nonzero if @var{regno} is the number of a hard
3341register in which function arguments are sometimes passed.  This does
3342@emph{not} include implicit arguments such as the static chain and
3343the structure-value address.  On many machines, no registers can be
3344used for this purpose since all function arguments are pushed on the
3345stack.
3346@end defmac
3347
3348@hook TARGET_SPLIT_COMPLEX_ARG
3349
3350@hook TARGET_BUILD_BUILTIN_VA_LIST
3351
3352@hook TARGET_ENUM_VA_LIST_P
3353
3354@hook TARGET_FN_ABI_VA_LIST
3355
3356@hook TARGET_CANONICAL_VA_LIST_TYPE
3357
3358@hook TARGET_GIMPLIFY_VA_ARG_EXPR
3359
3360@hook TARGET_VALID_POINTER_MODE
3361
3362@hook TARGET_REF_MAY_ALIAS_ERRNO
3363
3364@hook TARGET_TRANSLATE_MODE_ATTRIBUTE
3365
3366@hook TARGET_SCALAR_MODE_SUPPORTED_P
3367
3368@hook TARGET_VECTOR_MODE_SUPPORTED_P
3369
3370@hook TARGET_COMPATIBLE_VECTOR_TYPES_P
3371
3372@hook TARGET_ARRAY_MODE
3373
3374@hook TARGET_ARRAY_MODE_SUPPORTED_P
3375
3376@hook TARGET_LIBGCC_FLOATING_MODE_SUPPORTED_P
3377
3378@hook TARGET_FLOATN_MODE
3379
3380@hook TARGET_FLOATN_BUILTIN_P
3381
3382@hook TARGET_SMALL_REGISTER_CLASSES_FOR_MODE_P
3383
3384@node Scalar Return
3385@subsection How Scalar Function Values Are Returned
3386@cindex return values in registers
3387@cindex values, returned by functions
3388@cindex scalars, returned as values
3389
3390This section discusses the macros that control returning scalars as
3391values---values that can fit in registers.
3392
3393@hook TARGET_FUNCTION_VALUE
3394
3395@defmac FUNCTION_VALUE (@var{valtype}, @var{func})
3396This macro has been deprecated.  Use @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_VALUE} for
3397a new target instead.
3398@end defmac
3399
3400@defmac LIBCALL_VALUE (@var{mode})
3401A C expression to create an RTX representing the place where a library
3402function returns a value of mode @var{mode}.
3403
3404Note that ``library function'' in this context means a compiler
3405support routine, used to perform arithmetic, whose name is known
3406specially by the compiler and was not mentioned in the C code being
3407compiled.
3408@end defmac
3409
3410@hook TARGET_LIBCALL_VALUE
3411
3412@defmac FUNCTION_VALUE_REGNO_P (@var{regno})
3413A C expression that is nonzero if @var{regno} is the number of a hard
3414register in which the values of called function may come back.
3415
3416A register whose use for returning values is limited to serving as the
3417second of a pair (for a value of type @code{double}, say) need not be
3418recognized by this macro.  So for most machines, this definition
3419suffices:
3420
3421@smallexample
3422#define FUNCTION_VALUE_REGNO_P(N) ((N) == 0)
3423@end smallexample
3424
3425If the machine has register windows, so that the caller and the called
3426function use different registers for the return value, this macro
3427should recognize only the caller's register numbers.
3428
3429This macro has been deprecated.  Use @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_VALUE_REGNO_P}
3430for a new target instead.
3431@end defmac
3432
3433@hook TARGET_FUNCTION_VALUE_REGNO_P
3434
3435@defmac APPLY_RESULT_SIZE
3436Define this macro if @samp{untyped_call} and @samp{untyped_return}
3437need more space than is implied by @code{FUNCTION_VALUE_REGNO_P} for
3438saving and restoring an arbitrary return value.
3439@end defmac
3440
3441@hook TARGET_OMIT_STRUCT_RETURN_REG
3442
3443@hook TARGET_RETURN_IN_MSB
3444
3445@node Aggregate Return
3446@subsection How Large Values Are Returned
3447@cindex aggregates as return values
3448@cindex large return values
3449@cindex returning aggregate values
3450@cindex structure value address
3451
3452When a function value's mode is @code{BLKmode} (and in some other
3453cases), the value is not returned according to
3454@code{TARGET_FUNCTION_VALUE} (@pxref{Scalar Return}).  Instead, the
3455caller passes the address of a block of memory in which the value
3456should be stored.  This address is called the @dfn{structure value
3457address}.
3458
3459This section describes how to control returning structure values in
3460memory.
3461
3462@hook TARGET_RETURN_IN_MEMORY
3463
3464@defmac DEFAULT_PCC_STRUCT_RETURN
3465Define this macro to be 1 if all structure and union return values must be
3466in memory.  Since this results in slower code, this should be defined
3467only if needed for compatibility with other compilers or with an ABI@.
3468If you define this macro to be 0, then the conventions used for structure
3469and union return values are decided by the @code{TARGET_RETURN_IN_MEMORY}
3470target hook.
3471
3472If not defined, this defaults to the value 1.
3473@end defmac
3474
3475@hook TARGET_STRUCT_VALUE_RTX
3476
3477@defmac PCC_STATIC_STRUCT_RETURN
3478Define this macro if the usual system convention on the target machine
3479for returning structures and unions is for the called function to return
3480the address of a static variable containing the value.
3481
3482Do not define this if the usual system convention is for the caller to
3483pass an address to the subroutine.
3484
3485This macro has effect in @option{-fpcc-struct-return} mode, but it does
3486nothing when you use @option{-freg-struct-return} mode.
3487@end defmac
3488
3489@hook TARGET_GET_RAW_RESULT_MODE
3490
3491@hook TARGET_GET_RAW_ARG_MODE
3492
3493@hook TARGET_EMPTY_RECORD_P
3494
3495@hook TARGET_WARN_PARAMETER_PASSING_ABI
3496
3497@node Caller Saves
3498@subsection Caller-Saves Register Allocation
3499
3500If you enable it, GCC can save registers around function calls.  This
3501makes it possible to use call-clobbered registers to hold variables that
3502must live across calls.
3503
3504@defmac HARD_REGNO_CALLER_SAVE_MODE (@var{regno}, @var{nregs})
3505A C expression specifying which mode is required for saving @var{nregs}
3506of a pseudo-register in call-clobbered hard register @var{regno}.  If
3507@var{regno} is unsuitable for caller save, @code{VOIDmode} should be
3508returned.  For most machines this macro need not be defined since GCC
3509will select the smallest suitable mode.
3510@end defmac
3511
3512@node Function Entry
3513@subsection Function Entry and Exit
3514@cindex function entry and exit
3515@cindex prologue
3516@cindex epilogue
3517
3518This section describes the macros that output function entry
3519(@dfn{prologue}) and exit (@dfn{epilogue}) code.
3520
3521@hook TARGET_ASM_PRINT_PATCHABLE_FUNCTION_ENTRY
3522
3523@hook TARGET_ASM_FUNCTION_PROLOGUE
3524
3525@hook TARGET_ASM_FUNCTION_END_PROLOGUE
3526
3527@hook TARGET_ASM_FUNCTION_BEGIN_EPILOGUE
3528
3529@hook TARGET_ASM_FUNCTION_EPILOGUE
3530
3531@itemize @bullet
3532@item
3533@findex pretend_args_size
3534@findex crtl->args.pretend_args_size
3535A region of @code{crtl->args.pretend_args_size} bytes of
3536uninitialized space just underneath the first argument arriving on the
3537stack.  (This may not be at the very start of the allocated stack region
3538if the calling sequence has pushed anything else since pushing the stack
3539arguments.  But usually, on such machines, nothing else has been pushed
3540yet, because the function prologue itself does all the pushing.)  This
3541region is used on machines where an argument may be passed partly in
3542registers and partly in memory, and, in some cases to support the
3543features in @code{<stdarg.h>}.
3544
3545@item
3546An area of memory used to save certain registers used by the function.
3547The size of this area, which may also include space for such things as
3548the return address and pointers to previous stack frames, is
3549machine-specific and usually depends on which registers have been used
3550in the function.  Machines with register windows often do not require
3551a save area.
3552
3553@item
3554A region of at least @var{size} bytes, possibly rounded up to an allocation
3555boundary, to contain the local variables of the function.  On some machines,
3556this region and the save area may occur in the opposite order, with the
3557save area closer to the top of the stack.
3558
3559@item
3560@cindex @code{ACCUMULATE_OUTGOING_ARGS} and stack frames
3561Optionally, when @code{ACCUMULATE_OUTGOING_ARGS} is defined, a region of
3562@code{crtl->outgoing_args_size} bytes to be used for outgoing
3563argument lists of the function.  @xref{Stack Arguments}.
3564@end itemize
3565
3566@defmac EXIT_IGNORE_STACK
3567Define this macro as a C expression that is nonzero if the return
3568instruction or the function epilogue ignores the value of the stack
3569pointer; in other words, if it is safe to delete an instruction to
3570adjust the stack pointer before a return from the function.  The
3571default is 0.
3572
3573Note that this macro's value is relevant only for functions for which
3574frame pointers are maintained.  It is never safe to delete a final
3575stack adjustment in a function that has no frame pointer, and the
3576compiler knows this regardless of @code{EXIT_IGNORE_STACK}.
3577@end defmac
3578
3579@defmac EPILOGUE_USES (@var{regno})
3580Define this macro as a C expression that is nonzero for registers that are
3581used by the epilogue or the @samp{return} pattern.  The stack and frame
3582pointer registers are already assumed to be used as needed.
3583@end defmac
3584
3585@defmac EH_USES (@var{regno})
3586Define this macro as a C expression that is nonzero for registers that are
3587used by the exception handling mechanism, and so should be considered live
3588on entry to an exception edge.
3589@end defmac
3590
3591@hook TARGET_ASM_OUTPUT_MI_THUNK
3592
3593@hook TARGET_ASM_CAN_OUTPUT_MI_THUNK
3594
3595@node Profiling
3596@subsection Generating Code for Profiling
3597@cindex profiling, code generation
3598
3599These macros will help you generate code for profiling.
3600
3601@defmac FUNCTION_PROFILER (@var{file}, @var{labelno})
3602A C statement or compound statement to output to @var{file} some
3603assembler code to call the profiling subroutine @code{mcount}.
3604
3605@findex mcount
3606The details of how @code{mcount} expects to be called are determined by
3607your operating system environment, not by GCC@.  To figure them out,
3608compile a small program for profiling using the system's installed C
3609compiler and look at the assembler code that results.
3610
3611Older implementations of @code{mcount} expect the address of a counter
3612variable to be loaded into some register.  The name of this variable is
3613@samp{LP} followed by the number @var{labelno}, so you would generate
3614the name using @samp{LP%d} in a @code{fprintf}.
3615@end defmac
3616
3617@defmac PROFILE_HOOK
3618A C statement or compound statement to output to @var{file} some assembly
3619code to call the profiling subroutine @code{mcount} even the target does
3620not support profiling.
3621@end defmac
3622
3623@defmac NO_PROFILE_COUNTERS
3624Define this macro to be an expression with a nonzero value if the
3625@code{mcount} subroutine on your system does not need a counter variable
3626allocated for each function.  This is true for almost all modern
3627implementations.  If you define this macro, you must not use the
3628@var{labelno} argument to @code{FUNCTION_PROFILER}.
3629@end defmac
3630
3631@defmac PROFILE_BEFORE_PROLOGUE
3632Define this macro if the code for function profiling should come before
3633the function prologue.  Normally, the profiling code comes after.
3634@end defmac
3635
3636@hook TARGET_KEEP_LEAF_WHEN_PROFILED
3637
3638@node Tail Calls
3639@subsection Permitting tail calls
3640@cindex tail calls
3641
3642@hook TARGET_FUNCTION_OK_FOR_SIBCALL
3643
3644@hook TARGET_EXTRA_LIVE_ON_ENTRY
3645
3646@hook TARGET_SET_UP_BY_PROLOGUE
3647
3648@hook TARGET_WARN_FUNC_RETURN
3649
3650@node Shrink-wrapping separate components
3651@subsection Shrink-wrapping separate components
3652@cindex shrink-wrapping separate components
3653
3654The prologue may perform a variety of target dependent tasks such as
3655saving callee-saved registers, saving the return address, aligning the
3656stack, creating a stack frame, initializing the PIC register, setting
3657up the static chain, etc.
3658
3659On some targets some of these tasks may be independent of others and
3660thus may be shrink-wrapped separately.  These independent tasks are
3661referred to as components and are handled generically by the target
3662independent parts of GCC.
3663
3664Using the following hooks those prologue or epilogue components can be
3665shrink-wrapped separately, so that the initialization (and possibly
3666teardown) those components do is not done as frequently on execution
3667paths where this would unnecessary.
3668
3669What exactly those components are is up to the target code; the generic
3670code treats them abstractly, as a bit in an @code{sbitmap}.  These
3671@code{sbitmap}s are allocated by the @code{shrink_wrap.get_separate_components}
3672and @code{shrink_wrap.components_for_bb} hooks, and deallocated by the
3673generic code.
3674
3675@hook TARGET_SHRINK_WRAP_GET_SEPARATE_COMPONENTS
3676
3677@hook TARGET_SHRINK_WRAP_COMPONENTS_FOR_BB
3678
3679@hook TARGET_SHRINK_WRAP_DISQUALIFY_COMPONENTS
3680
3681@hook TARGET_SHRINK_WRAP_EMIT_PROLOGUE_COMPONENTS
3682
3683@hook TARGET_SHRINK_WRAP_EMIT_EPILOGUE_COMPONENTS
3684
3685@hook TARGET_SHRINK_WRAP_SET_HANDLED_COMPONENTS
3686
3687@node Stack Smashing Protection
3688@subsection Stack smashing protection
3689@cindex stack smashing protection
3690
3691@hook TARGET_STACK_PROTECT_GUARD
3692
3693@hook TARGET_STACK_PROTECT_FAIL
3694
3695@hook TARGET_STACK_PROTECT_RUNTIME_ENABLED_P
3696
3697@hook TARGET_SUPPORTS_SPLIT_STACK
3698
3699@hook TARGET_GET_VALID_OPTION_VALUES
3700
3701@node Miscellaneous Register Hooks
3702@subsection Miscellaneous register hooks
3703@cindex miscellaneous register hooks
3704
3705@hook TARGET_CALL_FUSAGE_CONTAINS_NON_CALLEE_CLOBBERS
3706
3707@node Varargs
3708@section Implementing the Varargs Macros
3709@cindex varargs implementation
3710
3711GCC comes with an implementation of @code{<varargs.h>} and
3712@code{<stdarg.h>} that work without change on machines that pass arguments
3713on the stack.  Other machines require their own implementations of
3714varargs, and the two machine independent header files must have
3715conditionals to include it.
3716
3717ISO @code{<stdarg.h>} differs from traditional @code{<varargs.h>} mainly in
3718the calling convention for @code{va_start}.  The traditional
3719implementation takes just one argument, which is the variable in which
3720to store the argument pointer.  The ISO implementation of
3721@code{va_start} takes an additional second argument.  The user is
3722supposed to write the last named argument of the function here.
3723
3724However, @code{va_start} should not use this argument.  The way to find
3725the end of the named arguments is with the built-in functions described
3726below.
3727
3728@defmac __builtin_saveregs ()
3729Use this built-in function to save the argument registers in memory so
3730that the varargs mechanism can access them.  Both ISO and traditional
3731versions of @code{va_start} must use @code{__builtin_saveregs}, unless
3732you use @code{TARGET_SETUP_INCOMING_VARARGS} (see below) instead.
3733
3734On some machines, @code{__builtin_saveregs} is open-coded under the
3735control of the target hook @code{TARGET_EXPAND_BUILTIN_SAVEREGS}.  On
3736other machines, it calls a routine written in assembler language,
3737found in @file{libgcc2.c}.
3738
3739Code generated for the call to @code{__builtin_saveregs} appears at the
3740beginning of the function, as opposed to where the call to
3741@code{__builtin_saveregs} is written, regardless of what the code is.
3742This is because the registers must be saved before the function starts
3743to use them for its own purposes.
3744@c i rewrote the first sentence above to fix an overfull hbox. --mew
3745@c 10feb93
3746@end defmac
3747
3748@defmac __builtin_next_arg (@var{lastarg})
3749This builtin returns the address of the first anonymous stack
3750argument, as type @code{void *}.  If @code{ARGS_GROW_DOWNWARD}, it
3751returns the address of the location above the first anonymous stack
3752argument.  Use it in @code{va_start} to initialize the pointer for
3753fetching arguments from the stack.  Also use it in @code{va_start} to
3754verify that the second parameter @var{lastarg} is the last named argument
3755of the current function.
3756@end defmac
3757
3758@defmac __builtin_classify_type (@var{object})
3759Since each machine has its own conventions for which data types are
3760passed in which kind of register, your implementation of @code{va_arg}
3761has to embody these conventions.  The easiest way to categorize the
3762specified data type is to use @code{__builtin_classify_type} together
3763with @code{sizeof} and @code{__alignof__}.
3764
3765@code{__builtin_classify_type} ignores the value of @var{object},
3766considering only its data type.  It returns an integer describing what
3767kind of type that is---integer, floating, pointer, structure, and so on.
3768
3769The file @file{typeclass.h} defines an enumeration that you can use to
3770interpret the values of @code{__builtin_classify_type}.
3771@end defmac
3772
3773These machine description macros help implement varargs:
3774
3775@hook TARGET_EXPAND_BUILTIN_SAVEREGS
3776
3777@hook TARGET_SETUP_INCOMING_VARARGS
3778
3779@hook TARGET_STRICT_ARGUMENT_NAMING
3780
3781@hook TARGET_CALL_ARGS
3782
3783@hook TARGET_END_CALL_ARGS
3784
3785@hook TARGET_PRETEND_OUTGOING_VARARGS_NAMED
3786
3787@hook TARGET_LOAD_BOUNDS_FOR_ARG
3788
3789@hook TARGET_STORE_BOUNDS_FOR_ARG
3790
3791@hook TARGET_LOAD_RETURNED_BOUNDS
3792
3793@hook TARGET_STORE_RETURNED_BOUNDS
3794
3795@node Trampolines
3796@section Support for Nested Functions
3797@cindex support for nested functions
3798@cindex trampolines for nested functions
3799@cindex descriptors for nested functions
3800@cindex nested functions, support for
3801
3802Taking the address of a nested function requires special compiler
3803handling to ensure that the static chain register is loaded when
3804the function is invoked via an indirect call.
3805
3806GCC has traditionally supported nested functions by creating an
3807executable @dfn{trampoline} at run time when the address of a nested
3808function is taken.  This is a small piece of code which normally
3809resides on the stack, in the stack frame of the containing function.
3810The trampoline loads the static chain register and then jumps to the
3811real address of the nested function.
3812
3813The use of trampolines requires an executable stack, which is a
3814security risk.  To avoid this problem, GCC also supports another
3815strategy: using descriptors for nested functions.  Under this model,
3816taking the address of a nested function results in a pointer to a
3817non-executable function descriptor object.  Initializing the static chain
3818from the descriptor is handled at indirect call sites.
3819
3820On some targets, including HPPA and IA-64, function descriptors may be
3821mandated by the ABI or be otherwise handled in a target-specific way
3822by the back end in its code generation strategy for indirect calls.
3823GCC also provides its own generic descriptor implementation to support the
3824@option{-fno-trampolines} option.  In this case runtime detection of
3825function descriptors at indirect call sites relies on descriptor
3826pointers being tagged with a bit that is never set in bare function
3827addresses.  Since GCC's generic function descriptors are
3828not ABI-compliant, this option is typically used only on a
3829per-language basis (notably by Ada) or when it can otherwise be
3830applied to the whole program.
3831
3832Define the following hook if your backend either implements ABI-specified
3833descriptor support, or can use GCC's generic descriptor implementation
3834for nested functions.
3835
3836@hook TARGET_CUSTOM_FUNCTION_DESCRIPTORS
3837
3838The following macros tell GCC how to generate code to allocate and
3839initialize an executable trampoline.  You can also use this interface
3840if your back end needs to create ABI-specified non-executable descriptors; in
3841this case the "trampoline" created is the descriptor containing data only.
3842
3843The instructions in an executable trampoline must do two things: load
3844a constant address into the static chain register, and jump to the real
3845address of the nested function.  On CISC machines such as the m68k,
3846this requires two instructions, a move immediate and a jump.  Then the
3847two addresses exist in the trampoline as word-long immediate operands.
3848On RISC machines, it is often necessary to load each address into a
3849register in two parts.  Then pieces of each address form separate
3850immediate operands.
3851
3852The code generated to initialize the trampoline must store the variable
3853parts---the static chain value and the function address---into the
3854immediate operands of the instructions.  On a CISC machine, this is
3855simply a matter of copying each address to a memory reference at the
3856proper offset from the start of the trampoline.  On a RISC machine, it
3857may be necessary to take out pieces of the address and store them
3858separately.
3859
3860@hook TARGET_ASM_TRAMPOLINE_TEMPLATE
3861
3862@defmac TRAMPOLINE_SECTION
3863Return the section into which the trampoline template is to be placed
3864(@pxref{Sections}).  The default value is @code{readonly_data_section}.
3865@end defmac
3866
3867@defmac TRAMPOLINE_SIZE
3868A C expression for the size in bytes of the trampoline, as an integer.
3869@end defmac
3870
3871@defmac TRAMPOLINE_ALIGNMENT
3872Alignment required for trampolines, in bits.
3873
3874If you don't define this macro, the value of @code{FUNCTION_ALIGNMENT}
3875is used for aligning trampolines.
3876@end defmac
3877
3878@hook TARGET_TRAMPOLINE_INIT
3879
3880@hook TARGET_EMIT_CALL_BUILTIN___CLEAR_CACHE
3881
3882@hook TARGET_TRAMPOLINE_ADJUST_ADDRESS
3883
3884Implementing trampolines is difficult on many machines because they have
3885separate instruction and data caches.  Writing into a stack location
3886fails to clear the memory in the instruction cache, so when the program
3887jumps to that location, it executes the old contents.
3888
3889Here are two possible solutions.  One is to clear the relevant parts of
3890the instruction cache whenever a trampoline is set up.  The other is to
3891make all trampolines identical, by having them jump to a standard
3892subroutine.  The former technique makes trampoline execution faster; the
3893latter makes initialization faster.
3894
3895To clear the instruction cache when a trampoline is initialized, define
3896the following macro.
3897
3898@defmac CLEAR_INSN_CACHE (@var{beg}, @var{end})
3899If defined, expands to a C expression clearing the @emph{instruction
3900cache} in the specified interval.  The definition of this macro would
3901typically be a series of @code{asm} statements.  Both @var{beg} and
3902@var{end} are pointer expressions.
3903@end defmac
3904
3905To use a standard subroutine, define the following macro.  In addition,
3906you must make sure that the instructions in a trampoline fill an entire
3907cache line with identical instructions, or else ensure that the
3908beginning of the trampoline code is always aligned at the same point in
3909its cache line.  Look in @file{m68k.h} as a guide.
3910
3911@defmac TRANSFER_FROM_TRAMPOLINE
3912Define this macro if trampolines need a special subroutine to do their
3913work.  The macro should expand to a series of @code{asm} statements
3914which will be compiled with GCC@.  They go in a library function named
3915@code{__transfer_from_trampoline}.
3916
3917If you need to avoid executing the ordinary prologue code of a compiled
3918C function when you jump to the subroutine, you can do so by placing a
3919special label of your own in the assembler code.  Use one @code{asm}
3920statement to generate an assembler label, and another to make the label
3921global.  Then trampolines can use that label to jump directly to your
3922special assembler code.
3923@end defmac
3924
3925@node Library Calls
3926@section Implicit Calls to Library Routines
3927@cindex library subroutine names
3928@cindex @file{libgcc.a}
3929
3930@c prevent bad page break with this line
3931Here is an explanation of implicit calls to library routines.
3932
3933@defmac DECLARE_LIBRARY_RENAMES
3934This macro, if defined, should expand to a piece of C code that will get
3935expanded when compiling functions for libgcc.a.  It can be used to
3936provide alternate names for GCC's internal library functions if there
3937are ABI-mandated names that the compiler should provide.
3938@end defmac
3939
3940@findex set_optab_libfunc
3941@findex init_one_libfunc
3942@hook TARGET_INIT_LIBFUNCS
3943
3944@hook TARGET_LIBFUNC_GNU_PREFIX
3945
3946@defmac FLOAT_LIB_COMPARE_RETURNS_BOOL (@var{mode}, @var{comparison})
3947This macro should return @code{true} if the library routine that
3948implements the floating point comparison operator @var{comparison} in
3949mode @var{mode} will return a boolean, and @var{false} if it will
3950return a tristate.
3951
3952GCC's own floating point libraries return tristates from the
3953comparison operators, so the default returns false always.  Most ports
3954don't need to define this macro.
3955@end defmac
3956
3957@defmac TARGET_LIB_INT_CMP_BIASED
3958This macro should evaluate to @code{true} if the integer comparison
3959functions (like @code{__cmpdi2}) return 0 to indicate that the first
3960operand is smaller than the second, 1 to indicate that they are equal,
3961and 2 to indicate that the first operand is greater than the second.
3962If this macro evaluates to @code{false} the comparison functions return
3963@minus{}1, 0, and 1 instead of 0, 1, and 2.  If the target uses the routines
3964in @file{libgcc.a}, you do not need to define this macro.
3965@end defmac
3966
3967@defmac TARGET_HAS_NO_HW_DIVIDE
3968This macro should be defined if the target has no hardware divide
3969instructions.  If this macro is defined, GCC will use an algorithm which
3970make use of simple logical and arithmetic operations for 64-bit
3971division.  If the macro is not defined, GCC will use an algorithm which
3972make use of a 64-bit by 32-bit divide primitive.
3973@end defmac
3974
3975@cindex @code{EDOM}, implicit usage
3976@findex matherr
3977@defmac TARGET_EDOM
3978The value of @code{EDOM} on the target machine, as a C integer constant
3979expression.  If you don't define this macro, GCC does not attempt to
3980deposit the value of @code{EDOM} into @code{errno} directly.  Look in
3981@file{/usr/include/errno.h} to find the value of @code{EDOM} on your
3982system.
3983
3984If you do not define @code{TARGET_EDOM}, then compiled code reports
3985domain errors by calling the library function and letting it report the
3986error.  If mathematical functions on your system use @code{matherr} when
3987there is an error, then you should leave @code{TARGET_EDOM} undefined so
3988that @code{matherr} is used normally.
3989@end defmac
3990
3991@cindex @code{errno}, implicit usage
3992@defmac GEN_ERRNO_RTX
3993Define this macro as a C expression to create an rtl expression that
3994refers to the global ``variable'' @code{errno}.  (On certain systems,
3995@code{errno} may not actually be a variable.)  If you don't define this
3996macro, a reasonable default is used.
3997@end defmac
3998
3999@hook TARGET_LIBC_HAS_FUNCTION
4000
4001@hook TARGET_LIBC_HAS_FAST_FUNCTION
4002
4003@defmac NEXT_OBJC_RUNTIME
4004Set this macro to 1 to use the "NeXT" Objective-C message sending conventions
4005by default.  This calling convention involves passing the object, the selector
4006and the method arguments all at once to the method-lookup library function.
4007This is the usual setting when targeting Darwin/Mac OS X systems, which have
4008the NeXT runtime installed.
4009
4010If the macro is set to 0, the "GNU" Objective-C message sending convention
4011will be used by default.  This convention passes just the object and the
4012selector to the method-lookup function, which returns a pointer to the method.
4013
4014In either case, it remains possible to select code-generation for the alternate
4015scheme, by means of compiler command line switches.
4016@end defmac
4017
4018@node Addressing Modes
4019@section Addressing Modes
4020@cindex addressing modes
4021
4022@c prevent bad page break with this line
4023This is about addressing modes.
4024
4025@defmac HAVE_PRE_INCREMENT
4026@defmacx HAVE_PRE_DECREMENT
4027@defmacx HAVE_POST_INCREMENT
4028@defmacx HAVE_POST_DECREMENT
4029A C expression that is nonzero if the machine supports pre-increment,
4030pre-decrement, post-increment, or post-decrement addressing respectively.
4031@end defmac
4032
4033@defmac HAVE_PRE_MODIFY_DISP
4034@defmacx HAVE_POST_MODIFY_DISP
4035A C expression that is nonzero if the machine supports pre- or
4036post-address side-effect generation involving constants other than
4037the size of the memory operand.
4038@end defmac
4039
4040@defmac HAVE_PRE_MODIFY_REG
4041@defmacx HAVE_POST_MODIFY_REG
4042A C expression that is nonzero if the machine supports pre- or
4043post-address side-effect generation involving a register displacement.
4044@end defmac
4045
4046@defmac CONSTANT_ADDRESS_P (@var{x})
4047A C expression that is 1 if the RTX @var{x} is a constant which
4048is a valid address.  On most machines the default definition of
4049@code{(CONSTANT_P (@var{x}) && GET_CODE (@var{x}) != CONST_DOUBLE)}
4050is acceptable, but a few machines are more restrictive as to which
4051constant addresses are supported.
4052@end defmac
4053
4054@defmac CONSTANT_P (@var{x})
4055@code{CONSTANT_P}, which is defined by target-independent code,
4056accepts integer-values expressions whose values are not explicitly
4057known, such as @code{symbol_ref}, @code{label_ref}, and @code{high}
4058expressions and @code{const} arithmetic expressions, in addition to
4059@code{const_int} and @code{const_double} expressions.
4060@end defmac
4061
4062@defmac MAX_REGS_PER_ADDRESS
4063A number, the maximum number of registers that can appear in a valid
4064memory address.  Note that it is up to you to specify a value equal to
4065the maximum number that @code{TARGET_LEGITIMATE_ADDRESS_P} would ever
4066accept.
4067@end defmac
4068
4069@hook TARGET_LEGITIMATE_ADDRESS_P
4070
4071@defmac TARGET_MEM_CONSTRAINT
4072A single character to be used instead of the default @code{'m'}
4073character for general memory addresses.  This defines the constraint
4074letter which matches the memory addresses accepted by
4075@code{TARGET_LEGITIMATE_ADDRESS_P}.  Define this macro if you want to
4076support new address formats in your back end without changing the
4077semantics of the @code{'m'} constraint.  This is necessary in order to
4078preserve functionality of inline assembly constructs using the
4079@code{'m'} constraint.
4080@end defmac
4081
4082@defmac FIND_BASE_TERM (@var{x})
4083A C expression to determine the base term of address @var{x},
4084or to provide a simplified version of @var{x} from which @file{alias.c}
4085can easily find the base term.  This macro is used in only two places:
4086@code{find_base_value} and @code{find_base_term} in @file{alias.c}.
4087
4088It is always safe for this macro to not be defined.  It exists so
4089that alias analysis can understand machine-dependent addresses.
4090
4091The typical use of this macro is to handle addresses containing
4092a label_ref or symbol_ref within an UNSPEC@.
4093@end defmac
4094
4095@hook TARGET_LEGITIMIZE_ADDRESS
4096
4097@defmac LEGITIMIZE_RELOAD_ADDRESS (@var{x}, @var{mode}, @var{opnum}, @var{type}, @var{ind_levels}, @var{win})
4098A C compound statement that attempts to replace @var{x}, which is an address
4099that needs reloading, with a valid memory address for an operand of mode
4100@var{mode}.  @var{win} will be a C statement label elsewhere in the code.
4101It is not necessary to define this macro, but it might be useful for
4102performance reasons.
4103
4104For example, on the i386, it is sometimes possible to use a single
4105reload register instead of two by reloading a sum of two pseudo
4106registers into a register.  On the other hand, for number of RISC
4107processors offsets are limited so that often an intermediate address
4108needs to be generated in order to address a stack slot.  By defining
4109@code{LEGITIMIZE_RELOAD_ADDRESS} appropriately, the intermediate addresses
4110generated for adjacent some stack slots can be made identical, and thus
4111be shared.
4112
4113@emph{Note}: This macro should be used with caution.  It is necessary
4114to know something of how reload works in order to effectively use this,
4115and it is quite easy to produce macros that build in too much knowledge
4116of reload internals.
4117
4118@emph{Note}: This macro must be able to reload an address created by a
4119previous invocation of this macro.  If it fails to handle such addresses
4120then the compiler may generate incorrect code or abort.
4121
4122@findex push_reload
4123The macro definition should use @code{push_reload} to indicate parts that
4124need reloading; @var{opnum}, @var{type} and @var{ind_levels} are usually
4125suitable to be passed unaltered to @code{push_reload}.
4126
4127The code generated by this macro must not alter the substructure of
4128@var{x}.  If it transforms @var{x} into a more legitimate form, it
4129should assign @var{x} (which will always be a C variable) a new value.
4130This also applies to parts that you change indirectly by calling
4131@code{push_reload}.
4132
4133@findex strict_memory_address_p
4134The macro definition may use @code{strict_memory_address_p} to test if
4135the address has become legitimate.
4136
4137@findex copy_rtx
4138If you want to change only a part of @var{x}, one standard way of doing
4139this is to use @code{copy_rtx}.  Note, however, that it unshares only a
4140single level of rtl.  Thus, if the part to be changed is not at the
4141top level, you'll need to replace first the top level.
4142It is not necessary for this macro to come up with a legitimate
4143address;  but often a machine-dependent strategy can generate better code.
4144@end defmac
4145
4146@hook TARGET_MODE_DEPENDENT_ADDRESS_P
4147
4148@hook TARGET_LEGITIMATE_CONSTANT_P
4149
4150@hook TARGET_PRECOMPUTE_TLS_P
4151
4152@hook TARGET_DELEGITIMIZE_ADDRESS
4153
4154@hook TARGET_CONST_NOT_OK_FOR_DEBUG_P
4155
4156@hook TARGET_CANNOT_FORCE_CONST_MEM
4157
4158@hook TARGET_USE_BLOCKS_FOR_CONSTANT_P
4159
4160@hook TARGET_USE_BLOCKS_FOR_DECL_P
4161
4162@hook TARGET_BUILTIN_RECIPROCAL
4163
4164@hook TARGET_VECTORIZE_BUILTIN_MASK_FOR_LOAD
4165
4166@hook TARGET_VECTORIZE_BUILTIN_VECTORIZATION_COST
4167
4168@hook TARGET_VECTORIZE_PREFERRED_VECTOR_ALIGNMENT
4169
4170@hook TARGET_VECTORIZE_VECTOR_ALIGNMENT_REACHABLE
4171
4172@hook TARGET_VECTORIZE_VEC_PERM_CONST
4173
4174@hook TARGET_VECTORIZE_BUILTIN_VECTORIZED_FUNCTION
4175
4176@hook TARGET_VECTORIZE_BUILTIN_MD_VECTORIZED_FUNCTION
4177
4178@hook TARGET_VECTORIZE_SUPPORT_VECTOR_MISALIGNMENT
4179
4180@hook TARGET_VECTORIZE_PREFERRED_SIMD_MODE
4181
4182@hook TARGET_VECTORIZE_SPLIT_REDUCTION
4183
4184@hook TARGET_VECTORIZE_AUTOVECTORIZE_VECTOR_MODES
4185
4186@hook TARGET_VECTORIZE_RELATED_MODE
4187
4188@hook TARGET_VECTORIZE_GET_MASK_MODE
4189
4190@hook TARGET_VECTORIZE_EMPTY_MASK_IS_EXPENSIVE
4191
4192@hook TARGET_VECTORIZE_INIT_COST
4193
4194@hook TARGET_VECTORIZE_ADD_STMT_COST
4195
4196@hook TARGET_VECTORIZE_FINISH_COST
4197
4198@hook TARGET_VECTORIZE_DESTROY_COST_DATA
4199
4200@hook TARGET_VECTORIZE_BUILTIN_GATHER
4201
4202@hook TARGET_VECTORIZE_BUILTIN_SCATTER
4203
4204@hook TARGET_SIMD_CLONE_COMPUTE_VECSIZE_AND_SIMDLEN
4205
4206@hook TARGET_SIMD_CLONE_ADJUST
4207
4208@hook TARGET_SIMD_CLONE_USABLE
4209
4210@hook TARGET_SIMT_VF
4211
4212@hook TARGET_OMP_DEVICE_KIND_ARCH_ISA
4213
4214@hook TARGET_GOACC_VALIDATE_DIMS
4215
4216@hook TARGET_GOACC_DIM_LIMIT
4217
4218@hook TARGET_GOACC_FORK_JOIN
4219
4220@hook TARGET_GOACC_REDUCTION
4221
4222@hook TARGET_PREFERRED_ELSE_VALUE
4223
4224@node Anchored Addresses
4225@section Anchored Addresses
4226@cindex anchored addresses
4227@cindex @option{-fsection-anchors}
4228
4229GCC usually addresses every static object as a separate entity.
4230For example, if we have:
4231
4232@smallexample
4233static int a, b, c;
4234int foo (void) @{ return a + b + c; @}
4235@end smallexample
4236
4237the code for @code{foo} will usually calculate three separate symbolic
4238addresses: those of @code{a}, @code{b} and @code{c}.  On some targets,
4239it would be better to calculate just one symbolic address and access
4240the three variables relative to it.  The equivalent pseudocode would
4241be something like:
4242
4243@smallexample
4244int foo (void)
4245@{
4246  register int *xr = &x;
4247  return xr[&a - &x] + xr[&b - &x] + xr[&c - &x];
4248@}
4249@end smallexample
4250
4251(which isn't valid C).  We refer to shared addresses like @code{x} as
4252``section anchors''.  Their use is controlled by @option{-fsection-anchors}.
4253
4254The hooks below describe the target properties that GCC needs to know
4255in order to make effective use of section anchors.  It won't use
4256section anchors at all unless either @code{TARGET_MIN_ANCHOR_OFFSET}
4257or @code{TARGET_MAX_ANCHOR_OFFSET} is set to a nonzero value.
4258
4259@hook TARGET_MIN_ANCHOR_OFFSET
4260
4261@hook TARGET_MAX_ANCHOR_OFFSET
4262
4263@hook TARGET_ASM_OUTPUT_ANCHOR
4264
4265@hook TARGET_USE_ANCHORS_FOR_SYMBOL_P
4266
4267@node Condition Code
4268@section Condition Code Status
4269@cindex condition code status
4270
4271The macros in this section can be split in two families, according to the
4272two ways of representing condition codes in GCC.
4273
4274The first representation is the so called @code{(cc0)} representation
4275(@pxref{Jump Patterns}), where all instructions can have an implicit
4276clobber of the condition codes.  The second is the condition code
4277register representation, which provides better schedulability for
4278architectures that do have a condition code register, but on which
4279most instructions do not affect it.  The latter category includes
4280most RISC machines.
4281
4282The implicit clobbering poses a strong restriction on the placement of
4283the definition and use of the condition code.  In the past the definition
4284and use were always adjacent.  However, recent changes to support trapping
4285arithmatic may result in the definition and user being in different blocks.
4286Thus, there may be a @code{NOTE_INSN_BASIC_BLOCK} between them.  Additionally,
4287the definition may be the source of exception handling edges.
4288
4289These restrictions can prevent important
4290optimizations on some machines.  For example, on the IBM RS/6000, there
4291is a delay for taken branches unless the condition code register is set
4292three instructions earlier than the conditional branch.  The instruction
4293scheduler cannot perform this optimization if it is not permitted to
4294separate the definition and use of the condition code register.
4295
4296For this reason, it is possible and suggested to use a register to
4297represent the condition code for new ports.  If there is a specific
4298condition code register in the machine, use a hard register.  If the
4299condition code or comparison result can be placed in any general register,
4300or if there are multiple condition registers, use a pseudo register.
4301Registers used to store the condition code value will usually have a mode
4302that is in class @code{MODE_CC}.
4303
4304Alternatively, you can use @code{BImode} if the comparison operator is
4305specified already in the compare instruction.  In this case, you are not
4306interested in most macros in this section.
4307
4308@menu
4309* CC0 Condition Codes::      Old style representation of condition codes.
4310* MODE_CC Condition Codes::  Modern representation of condition codes.
4311@end menu
4312
4313@node CC0 Condition Codes
4314@subsection Representation of condition codes using @code{(cc0)}
4315@findex cc0
4316
4317@findex cc_status
4318The file @file{conditions.h} defines a variable @code{cc_status} to
4319describe how the condition code was computed (in case the interpretation of
4320the condition code depends on the instruction that it was set by).  This
4321variable contains the RTL expressions on which the condition code is
4322currently based, and several standard flags.
4323
4324Sometimes additional machine-specific flags must be defined in the machine
4325description header file.  It can also add additional machine-specific
4326information by defining @code{CC_STATUS_MDEP}.
4327
4328@defmac CC_STATUS_MDEP
4329C code for a data type which is used for declaring the @code{mdep}
4330component of @code{cc_status}.  It defaults to @code{int}.
4331
4332This macro is not used on machines that do not use @code{cc0}.
4333@end defmac
4334
4335@defmac CC_STATUS_MDEP_INIT
4336A C expression to initialize the @code{mdep} field to ``empty''.
4337The default definition does nothing, since most machines don't use
4338the field anyway.  If you want to use the field, you should probably
4339define this macro to initialize it.
4340
4341This macro is not used on machines that do not use @code{cc0}.
4342@end defmac
4343
4344@defmac NOTICE_UPDATE_CC (@var{exp}, @var{insn})
4345A C compound statement to set the components of @code{cc_status}
4346appropriately for an insn @var{insn} whose body is @var{exp}.  It is
4347this macro's responsibility to recognize insns that set the condition
4348code as a byproduct of other activity as well as those that explicitly
4349set @code{(cc0)}.
4350
4351This macro is not used on machines that do not use @code{cc0}.
4352
4353If there are insns that do not set the condition code but do alter
4354other machine registers, this macro must check to see whether they
4355invalidate the expressions that the condition code is recorded as
4356reflecting.  For example, on the 68000, insns that store in address
4357registers do not set the condition code, which means that usually
4358@code{NOTICE_UPDATE_CC} can leave @code{cc_status} unaltered for such
4359insns.  But suppose that the previous insn set the condition code
4360based on location @samp{a4@@(102)} and the current insn stores a new
4361value in @samp{a4}.  Although the condition code is not changed by
4362this, it will no longer be true that it reflects the contents of
4363@samp{a4@@(102)}.  Therefore, @code{NOTICE_UPDATE_CC} must alter
4364@code{cc_status} in this case to say that nothing is known about the
4365condition code value.
4366
4367The definition of @code{NOTICE_UPDATE_CC} must be prepared to deal
4368with the results of peephole optimization: insns whose patterns are
4369@code{parallel} RTXs containing various @code{reg}, @code{mem} or
4370constants which are just the operands.  The RTL structure of these
4371insns is not sufficient to indicate what the insns actually do.  What
4372@code{NOTICE_UPDATE_CC} should do when it sees one is just to run
4373@code{CC_STATUS_INIT}.
4374
4375A possible definition of @code{NOTICE_UPDATE_CC} is to call a function
4376that looks at an attribute (@pxref{Insn Attributes}) named, for example,
4377@samp{cc}.  This avoids having detailed information about patterns in
4378two places, the @file{md} file and in @code{NOTICE_UPDATE_CC}.
4379@end defmac
4380
4381@node MODE_CC Condition Codes
4382@subsection Representation of condition codes using registers
4383@findex CCmode
4384@findex MODE_CC
4385
4386@defmac SELECT_CC_MODE (@var{op}, @var{x}, @var{y})
4387On many machines, the condition code may be produced by other instructions
4388than compares, for example the branch can use directly the condition
4389code set by a subtract instruction.  However, on some machines
4390when the condition code is set this way some bits (such as the overflow
4391bit) are not set in the same way as a test instruction, so that a different
4392branch instruction must be used for some conditional branches.  When
4393this happens, use the machine mode of the condition code register to
4394record different formats of the condition code register.  Modes can
4395also be used to record which compare instruction (e.g.@: a signed or an
4396unsigned comparison) produced the condition codes.
4397
4398If other modes than @code{CCmode} are required, add them to
4399@file{@var{machine}-modes.def} and define @code{SELECT_CC_MODE} to choose
4400a mode given an operand of a compare.  This is needed because the modes
4401have to be chosen not only during RTL generation but also, for example,
4402by instruction combination.  The result of @code{SELECT_CC_MODE} should
4403be consistent with the mode used in the patterns; for example to support
4404the case of the add on the SPARC discussed above, we have the pattern
4405
4406@smallexample
4407(define_insn ""
4408  [(set (reg:CCNZ 0)
4409        (compare:CCNZ
4410          (plus:SI (match_operand:SI 0 "register_operand" "%r")
4411                   (match_operand:SI 1 "arith_operand" "rI"))
4412          (const_int 0)))]
4413  ""
4414  "@dots{}")
4415@end smallexample
4416
4417@noindent
4418together with a @code{SELECT_CC_MODE} that returns @code{CCNZmode}
4419for comparisons whose argument is a @code{plus}:
4420
4421@smallexample
4422#define SELECT_CC_MODE(OP,X,Y) \
4423  (GET_MODE_CLASS (GET_MODE (X)) == MODE_FLOAT           \
4424   ? ((OP == LT || OP == LE || OP == GT || OP == GE)     \
4425      ? CCFPEmode : CCFPmode)                            \
4426   : ((GET_CODE (X) == PLUS || GET_CODE (X) == MINUS     \
4427       || GET_CODE (X) == NEG || GET_CODE (x) == ASHIFT) \
4428      ? CCNZmode : CCmode))
4429@end smallexample
4430
4431Another reason to use modes is to retain information on which operands
4432were used by the comparison; see @code{REVERSIBLE_CC_MODE} later in
4433this section.
4434
4435You should define this macro if and only if you define extra CC modes
4436in @file{@var{machine}-modes.def}.
4437@end defmac
4438
4439@hook TARGET_CANONICALIZE_COMPARISON
4440
4441@defmac REVERSIBLE_CC_MODE (@var{mode})
4442A C expression whose value is one if it is always safe to reverse a
4443comparison whose mode is @var{mode}.  If @code{SELECT_CC_MODE}
4444can ever return @var{mode} for a floating-point inequality comparison,
4445then @code{REVERSIBLE_CC_MODE (@var{mode})} must be zero.
4446
4447You need not define this macro if it would always returns zero or if the
4448floating-point format is anything other than @code{IEEE_FLOAT_FORMAT}.
4449For example, here is the definition used on the SPARC, where floating-point
4450inequality comparisons are given either @code{CCFPEmode} or @code{CCFPmode}:
4451
4452@smallexample
4453#define REVERSIBLE_CC_MODE(MODE) \
4454   ((MODE) != CCFPEmode && (MODE) != CCFPmode)
4455@end smallexample
4456@end defmac
4457
4458@defmac REVERSE_CONDITION (@var{code}, @var{mode})
4459A C expression whose value is reversed condition code of the @var{code} for
4460comparison done in CC_MODE @var{mode}.  The macro is used only in case
4461@code{REVERSIBLE_CC_MODE (@var{mode})} is nonzero.  Define this macro in case
4462machine has some non-standard way how to reverse certain conditionals.  For
4463instance in case all floating point conditions are non-trapping, compiler may
4464freely convert unordered compares to ordered ones.  Then definition may look
4465like:
4466
4467@smallexample
4468#define REVERSE_CONDITION(CODE, MODE) \
4469   ((MODE) != CCFPmode ? reverse_condition (CODE) \
4470    : reverse_condition_maybe_unordered (CODE))
4471@end smallexample
4472@end defmac
4473
4474@hook TARGET_FIXED_CONDITION_CODE_REGS
4475
4476@hook TARGET_CC_MODES_COMPATIBLE
4477
4478@hook TARGET_FLAGS_REGNUM
4479
4480@node Costs
4481@section Describing Relative Costs of Operations
4482@cindex costs of instructions
4483@cindex relative costs
4484@cindex speed of instructions
4485
4486These macros let you describe the relative speed of various operations
4487on the target machine.
4488
4489@defmac REGISTER_MOVE_COST (@var{mode}, @var{from}, @var{to})
4490A C expression for the cost of moving data of mode @var{mode} from a
4491register in class @var{from} to one in class @var{to}.  The classes are
4492expressed using the enumeration values such as @code{GENERAL_REGS}.  A
4493value of 2 is the default; other values are interpreted relative to
4494that.
4495
4496It is not required that the cost always equal 2 when @var{from} is the
4497same as @var{to}; on some machines it is expensive to move between
4498registers if they are not general registers.
4499
4500If reload sees an insn consisting of a single @code{set} between two
4501hard registers, and if @code{REGISTER_MOVE_COST} applied to their
4502classes returns a value of 2, reload does not check to ensure that the
4503constraints of the insn are met.  Setting a cost of other than 2 will
4504allow reload to verify that the constraints are met.  You should do this
4505if the @samp{mov@var{m}} pattern's constraints do not allow such copying.
4506
4507These macros are obsolete, new ports should use the target hook
4508@code{TARGET_REGISTER_MOVE_COST} instead.
4509@end defmac
4510
4511@hook TARGET_REGISTER_MOVE_COST
4512
4513@defmac MEMORY_MOVE_COST (@var{mode}, @var{class}, @var{in})
4514A C expression for the cost of moving data of mode @var{mode} between a
4515register of class @var{class} and memory; @var{in} is zero if the value
4516is to be written to memory, nonzero if it is to be read in.  This cost
4517is relative to those in @code{REGISTER_MOVE_COST}.  If moving between
4518registers and memory is more expensive than between two registers, you
4519should define this macro to express the relative cost.
4520
4521If you do not define this macro, GCC uses a default cost of 4 plus
4522the cost of copying via a secondary reload register, if one is
4523needed.  If your machine requires a secondary reload register to copy
4524between memory and a register of @var{class} but the reload mechanism is
4525more complex than copying via an intermediate, define this macro to
4526reflect the actual cost of the move.
4527
4528GCC defines the function @code{memory_move_secondary_cost} if
4529secondary reloads are needed.  It computes the costs due to copying via
4530a secondary register.  If your machine copies from memory using a
4531secondary register in the conventional way but the default base value of
45324 is not correct for your machine, define this macro to add some other
4533value to the result of that function.  The arguments to that function
4534are the same as to this macro.
4535
4536These macros are obsolete, new ports should use the target hook
4537@code{TARGET_MEMORY_MOVE_COST} instead.
4538@end defmac
4539
4540@hook TARGET_MEMORY_MOVE_COST
4541
4542@defmac BRANCH_COST (@var{speed_p}, @var{predictable_p})
4543A C expression for the cost of a branch instruction.  A value of 1 is
4544the default; other values are interpreted relative to that. Parameter
4545@var{speed_p} is true when the branch in question should be optimized
4546for speed.  When it is false, @code{BRANCH_COST} should return a value
4547optimal for code size rather than performance.  @var{predictable_p} is
4548true for well-predicted branches. On many architectures the
4549@code{BRANCH_COST} can be reduced then.
4550@end defmac
4551
4552Here are additional macros which do not specify precise relative costs,
4553but only that certain actions are more expensive than GCC would
4554ordinarily expect.
4555
4556@defmac SLOW_BYTE_ACCESS
4557Define this macro as a C expression which is nonzero if accessing less
4558than a word of memory (i.e.@: a @code{char} or a @code{short}) is no
4559faster than accessing a word of memory, i.e., if such access
4560require more than one instruction or if there is no difference in cost
4561between byte and (aligned) word loads.
4562
4563When this macro is not defined, the compiler will access a field by
4564finding the smallest containing object; when it is defined, a fullword
4565load will be used if alignment permits.  Unless bytes accesses are
4566faster than word accesses, using word accesses is preferable since it
4567may eliminate subsequent memory access if subsequent accesses occur to
4568other fields in the same word of the structure, but to different bytes.
4569@end defmac
4570
4571@hook TARGET_SLOW_UNALIGNED_ACCESS
4572
4573@defmac MOVE_RATIO (@var{speed})
4574The threshold of number of scalar memory-to-memory move insns, @emph{below}
4575which a sequence of insns should be generated instead of a
4576string move insn or a library call.  Increasing the value will always
4577make code faster, but eventually incurs high cost in increased code size.
4578
4579Note that on machines where the corresponding move insn is a
4580@code{define_expand} that emits a sequence of insns, this macro counts
4581the number of such sequences.
4582
4583The parameter @var{speed} is true if the code is currently being
4584optimized for speed rather than size.
4585
4586If you don't define this, a reasonable default is used.
4587@end defmac
4588
4589@hook TARGET_USE_BY_PIECES_INFRASTRUCTURE_P
4590
4591@hook TARGET_COMPARE_BY_PIECES_BRANCH_RATIO
4592
4593@defmac MOVE_MAX_PIECES
4594A C expression used by @code{move_by_pieces} to determine the largest unit
4595a load or store used to copy memory is.  Defaults to @code{MOVE_MAX}.
4596@end defmac
4597
4598@defmac STORE_MAX_PIECES
4599A C expression used by @code{store_by_pieces} to determine the largest unit
4600a store used to memory is.  Defaults to @code{MOVE_MAX_PIECES}, or two times
4601the size of @code{HOST_WIDE_INT}, whichever is smaller.
4602@end defmac
4603
4604@defmac COMPARE_MAX_PIECES
4605A C expression used by @code{compare_by_pieces} to determine the largest unit
4606a load or store used to compare memory is.  Defaults to
4607@code{MOVE_MAX_PIECES}.
4608@end defmac
4609
4610@defmac CLEAR_RATIO (@var{speed})
4611The threshold of number of scalar move insns, @emph{below} which a sequence
4612of insns should be generated to clear memory instead of a string clear insn
4613or a library call.  Increasing the value will always make code faster, but
4614eventually incurs high cost in increased code size.
4615
4616The parameter @var{speed} is true if the code is currently being
4617optimized for speed rather than size.
4618
4619If you don't define this, a reasonable default is used.
4620@end defmac
4621
4622@defmac SET_RATIO (@var{speed})
4623The threshold of number of scalar move insns, @emph{below} which a sequence
4624of insns should be generated to set memory to a constant value, instead of
4625a block set insn or a library call.
4626Increasing the value will always make code faster, but
4627eventually incurs high cost in increased code size.
4628
4629The parameter @var{speed} is true if the code is currently being
4630optimized for speed rather than size.
4631
4632If you don't define this, it defaults to the value of @code{MOVE_RATIO}.
4633@end defmac
4634
4635@defmac USE_LOAD_POST_INCREMENT (@var{mode})
4636A C expression used to determine whether a load postincrement is a good
4637thing to use for a given mode.  Defaults to the value of
4638@code{HAVE_POST_INCREMENT}.
4639@end defmac
4640
4641@defmac USE_LOAD_POST_DECREMENT (@var{mode})
4642A C expression used to determine whether a load postdecrement is a good
4643thing to use for a given mode.  Defaults to the value of
4644@code{HAVE_POST_DECREMENT}.
4645@end defmac
4646
4647@defmac USE_LOAD_PRE_INCREMENT (@var{mode})
4648A C expression used to determine whether a load preincrement is a good
4649thing to use for a given mode.  Defaults to the value of
4650@code{HAVE_PRE_INCREMENT}.
4651@end defmac
4652
4653@defmac USE_LOAD_PRE_DECREMENT (@var{mode})
4654A C expression used to determine whether a load predecrement is a good
4655thing to use for a given mode.  Defaults to the value of
4656@code{HAVE_PRE_DECREMENT}.
4657@end defmac
4658
4659@defmac USE_STORE_POST_INCREMENT (@var{mode})
4660A C expression used to determine whether a store postincrement is a good
4661thing to use for a given mode.  Defaults to the value of
4662@code{HAVE_POST_INCREMENT}.
4663@end defmac
4664
4665@defmac USE_STORE_POST_DECREMENT (@var{mode})
4666A C expression used to determine whether a store postdecrement is a good
4667thing to use for a given mode.  Defaults to the value of
4668@code{HAVE_POST_DECREMENT}.
4669@end defmac
4670
4671@defmac USE_STORE_PRE_INCREMENT (@var{mode})
4672This macro is used to determine whether a store preincrement is a good
4673thing to use for a given mode.  Defaults to the value of
4674@code{HAVE_PRE_INCREMENT}.
4675@end defmac
4676
4677@defmac USE_STORE_PRE_DECREMENT (@var{mode})
4678This macro is used to determine whether a store predecrement is a good
4679thing to use for a given mode.  Defaults to the value of
4680@code{HAVE_PRE_DECREMENT}.
4681@end defmac
4682
4683@defmac NO_FUNCTION_CSE
4684Define this macro to be true if it is as good or better to call a constant
4685function address than to call an address kept in a register.
4686@end defmac
4687
4688@defmac LOGICAL_OP_NON_SHORT_CIRCUIT
4689Define this macro if a non-short-circuit operation produced by
4690@samp{fold_range_test ()} is optimal.  This macro defaults to true if
4691@code{BRANCH_COST} is greater than or equal to the value 2.
4692@end defmac
4693
4694@hook TARGET_OPTAB_SUPPORTED_P
4695
4696@hook TARGET_RTX_COSTS
4697
4698@hook TARGET_ADDRESS_COST
4699
4700@hook TARGET_INSN_COST
4701
4702@hook TARGET_MAX_NOCE_IFCVT_SEQ_COST
4703
4704@hook TARGET_NOCE_CONVERSION_PROFITABLE_P
4705
4706@hook TARGET_NEW_ADDRESS_PROFITABLE_P
4707
4708@hook TARGET_NO_SPECULATION_IN_DELAY_SLOTS_P
4709
4710@hook TARGET_ESTIMATED_POLY_VALUE
4711
4712@node Scheduling
4713@section Adjusting the Instruction Scheduler
4714
4715The instruction scheduler may need a fair amount of machine-specific
4716adjustment in order to produce good code.  GCC provides several target
4717hooks for this purpose.  It is usually enough to define just a few of
4718them: try the first ones in this list first.
4719
4720@hook TARGET_SCHED_ISSUE_RATE
4721
4722@hook TARGET_SCHED_VARIABLE_ISSUE
4723
4724@hook TARGET_SCHED_ADJUST_COST
4725
4726@hook TARGET_SCHED_ADJUST_PRIORITY
4727
4728@hook TARGET_SCHED_REORDER
4729
4730@hook TARGET_SCHED_REORDER2
4731
4732@hook TARGET_SCHED_MACRO_FUSION_P
4733
4734@hook TARGET_SCHED_MACRO_FUSION_PAIR_P
4735
4736@hook TARGET_SCHED_DEPENDENCIES_EVALUATION_HOOK
4737
4738@hook TARGET_SCHED_INIT
4739
4740@hook TARGET_SCHED_FINISH
4741
4742@hook TARGET_SCHED_INIT_GLOBAL
4743
4744@hook TARGET_SCHED_FINISH_GLOBAL
4745
4746@hook TARGET_SCHED_DFA_PRE_CYCLE_INSN
4747
4748@hook TARGET_SCHED_INIT_DFA_PRE_CYCLE_INSN
4749
4750@hook TARGET_SCHED_DFA_POST_CYCLE_INSN
4751
4752@hook TARGET_SCHED_INIT_DFA_POST_CYCLE_INSN
4753
4754@hook TARGET_SCHED_DFA_PRE_ADVANCE_CYCLE
4755
4756@hook TARGET_SCHED_DFA_POST_ADVANCE_CYCLE
4757
4758@hook TARGET_SCHED_FIRST_CYCLE_MULTIPASS_DFA_LOOKAHEAD
4759
4760@hook TARGET_SCHED_FIRST_CYCLE_MULTIPASS_DFA_LOOKAHEAD_GUARD
4761
4762@hook TARGET_SCHED_FIRST_CYCLE_MULTIPASS_BEGIN
4763
4764@hook TARGET_SCHED_FIRST_CYCLE_MULTIPASS_ISSUE
4765
4766@hook TARGET_SCHED_FIRST_CYCLE_MULTIPASS_BACKTRACK
4767
4768@hook TARGET_SCHED_FIRST_CYCLE_MULTIPASS_END
4769
4770@hook TARGET_SCHED_FIRST_CYCLE_MULTIPASS_INIT
4771
4772@hook TARGET_SCHED_FIRST_CYCLE_MULTIPASS_FINI
4773
4774@hook TARGET_SCHED_DFA_NEW_CYCLE
4775
4776@hook TARGET_SCHED_IS_COSTLY_DEPENDENCE
4777
4778@hook TARGET_SCHED_H_I_D_EXTENDED
4779
4780@hook TARGET_SCHED_ALLOC_SCHED_CONTEXT
4781
4782@hook TARGET_SCHED_INIT_SCHED_CONTEXT
4783
4784@hook TARGET_SCHED_SET_SCHED_CONTEXT
4785
4786@hook TARGET_SCHED_CLEAR_SCHED_CONTEXT
4787
4788@hook TARGET_SCHED_FREE_SCHED_CONTEXT
4789
4790@hook TARGET_SCHED_SPECULATE_INSN
4791
4792@hook TARGET_SCHED_NEEDS_BLOCK_P
4793
4794@hook TARGET_SCHED_GEN_SPEC_CHECK
4795
4796@hook TARGET_SCHED_SET_SCHED_FLAGS
4797
4798@hook TARGET_SCHED_CAN_SPECULATE_INSN
4799
4800@hook TARGET_SCHED_SMS_RES_MII
4801
4802@hook TARGET_SCHED_DISPATCH
4803
4804@hook TARGET_SCHED_DISPATCH_DO
4805
4806@hook TARGET_SCHED_EXPOSED_PIPELINE
4807
4808@hook TARGET_SCHED_REASSOCIATION_WIDTH
4809
4810@hook TARGET_SCHED_FUSION_PRIORITY
4811
4812@hook TARGET_EXPAND_DIVMOD_LIBFUNC
4813
4814@node Sections
4815@section Dividing the Output into Sections (Texts, Data, @dots{})
4816@c the above section title is WAY too long.  maybe cut the part between
4817@c the (...)?  --mew 10feb93
4818
4819An object file is divided into sections containing different types of
4820data.  In the most common case, there are three sections: the @dfn{text
4821section}, which holds instructions and read-only data; the @dfn{data
4822section}, which holds initialized writable data; and the @dfn{bss
4823section}, which holds uninitialized data.  Some systems have other kinds
4824of sections.
4825
4826@file{varasm.c} provides several well-known sections, such as
4827@code{text_section}, @code{data_section} and @code{bss_section}.
4828The normal way of controlling a @code{@var{foo}_section} variable
4829is to define the associated @code{@var{FOO}_SECTION_ASM_OP} macro,
4830as described below.  The macros are only read once, when @file{varasm.c}
4831initializes itself, so their values must be run-time constants.
4832They may however depend on command-line flags.
4833
4834@emph{Note:} Some run-time files, such @file{crtstuff.c}, also make
4835use of the @code{@var{FOO}_SECTION_ASM_OP} macros, and expect them
4836to be string literals.
4837
4838Some assemblers require a different string to be written every time a
4839section is selected.  If your assembler falls into this category, you
4840should define the @code{TARGET_ASM_INIT_SECTIONS} hook and use
4841@code{get_unnamed_section} to set up the sections.
4842
4843You must always create a @code{text_section}, either by defining
4844@code{TEXT_SECTION_ASM_OP} or by initializing @code{text_section}
4845in @code{TARGET_ASM_INIT_SECTIONS}.  The same is true of
4846@code{data_section} and @code{DATA_SECTION_ASM_OP}.  If you do not
4847create a distinct @code{readonly_data_section}, the default is to
4848reuse @code{text_section}.
4849
4850All the other @file{varasm.c} sections are optional, and are null
4851if the target does not provide them.
4852
4853@defmac TEXT_SECTION_ASM_OP
4854A C expression whose value is a string, including spacing, containing the
4855assembler operation that should precede instructions and read-only data.
4856Normally @code{"\t.text"} is right.
4857@end defmac
4858
4859@defmac HOT_TEXT_SECTION_NAME
4860If defined, a C string constant for the name of the section containing most
4861frequently executed functions of the program.  If not defined, GCC will provide
4862a default definition if the target supports named sections.
4863@end defmac
4864
4865@defmac UNLIKELY_EXECUTED_TEXT_SECTION_NAME
4866If defined, a C string constant for the name of the section containing unlikely
4867executed functions in the program.
4868@end defmac
4869
4870@defmac DATA_SECTION_ASM_OP
4871A C expression whose value is a string, including spacing, containing the
4872assembler operation to identify the following data as writable initialized
4873data.  Normally @code{"\t.data"} is right.
4874@end defmac
4875
4876@defmac SDATA_SECTION_ASM_OP
4877If defined, a C expression whose value is a string, including spacing,
4878containing the assembler operation to identify the following data as
4879initialized, writable small data.
4880@end defmac
4881
4882@defmac READONLY_DATA_SECTION_ASM_OP
4883A C expression whose value is a string, including spacing, containing the
4884assembler operation to identify the following data as read-only initialized
4885data.
4886@end defmac
4887
4888@defmac BSS_SECTION_ASM_OP
4889If defined, a C expression whose value is a string, including spacing,
4890containing the assembler operation to identify the following data as
4891uninitialized global data.  If not defined, and
4892@code{ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGNED_BSS} not defined,
4893uninitialized global data will be output in the data section if
4894@option{-fno-common} is passed, otherwise @code{ASM_OUTPUT_COMMON} will be
4895used.
4896@end defmac
4897
4898@defmac SBSS_SECTION_ASM_OP
4899If defined, a C expression whose value is a string, including spacing,
4900containing the assembler operation to identify the following data as
4901uninitialized, writable small data.
4902@end defmac
4903
4904@defmac TLS_COMMON_ASM_OP
4905If defined, a C expression whose value is a string containing the
4906assembler operation to identify the following data as thread-local
4907common data.  The default is @code{".tls_common"}.
4908@end defmac
4909
4910@defmac TLS_SECTION_ASM_FLAG
4911If defined, a C expression whose value is a character constant
4912containing the flag used to mark a section as a TLS section.  The
4913default is @code{'T'}.
4914@end defmac
4915
4916@defmac INIT_SECTION_ASM_OP
4917If defined, a C expression whose value is a string, including spacing,
4918containing the assembler operation to identify the following data as
4919initialization code.  If not defined, GCC will assume such a section does
4920not exist.  This section has no corresponding @code{init_section}
4921variable; it is used entirely in runtime code.
4922@end defmac
4923
4924@defmac FINI_SECTION_ASM_OP
4925If defined, a C expression whose value is a string, including spacing,
4926containing the assembler operation to identify the following data as
4927finalization code.  If not defined, GCC will assume such a section does
4928not exist.  This section has no corresponding @code{fini_section}
4929variable; it is used entirely in runtime code.
4930@end defmac
4931
4932@defmac INIT_ARRAY_SECTION_ASM_OP
4933If defined, a C expression whose value is a string, including spacing,
4934containing the assembler operation to identify the following data as
4935part of the @code{.init_array} (or equivalent) section.  If not
4936defined, GCC will assume such a section does not exist.  Do not define
4937both this macro and @code{INIT_SECTION_ASM_OP}.
4938@end defmac
4939
4940@defmac FINI_ARRAY_SECTION_ASM_OP
4941If defined, a C expression whose value is a string, including spacing,
4942containing the assembler operation to identify the following data as
4943part of the @code{.fini_array} (or equivalent) section.  If not
4944defined, GCC will assume such a section does not exist.  Do not define
4945both this macro and @code{FINI_SECTION_ASM_OP}.
4946@end defmac
4947
4948@defmac MACH_DEP_SECTION_ASM_FLAG
4949If defined, a C expression whose value is a character constant
4950containing the flag used to mark a machine-dependent section.  This
4951corresponds to the @code{SECTION_MACH_DEP} section flag.
4952@end defmac
4953
4954@defmac CRT_CALL_STATIC_FUNCTION (@var{section_op}, @var{function})
4955If defined, an ASM statement that switches to a different section
4956via @var{section_op}, calls @var{function}, and switches back to
4957the text section.  This is used in @file{crtstuff.c} if
4958@code{INIT_SECTION_ASM_OP} or @code{FINI_SECTION_ASM_OP} to calls
4959to initialization and finalization functions from the init and fini
4960sections.  By default, this macro uses a simple function call.  Some
4961ports need hand-crafted assembly code to avoid dependencies on
4962registers initialized in the function prologue or to ensure that
4963constant pools don't end up too far way in the text section.
4964@end defmac
4965
4966@defmac TARGET_LIBGCC_SDATA_SECTION
4967If defined, a string which names the section into which small
4968variables defined in crtstuff and libgcc should go.  This is useful
4969when the target has options for optimizing access to small data, and
4970you want the crtstuff and libgcc routines to be conservative in what
4971they expect of your application yet liberal in what your application
4972expects.  For example, for targets with a @code{.sdata} section (like
4973MIPS), you could compile crtstuff with @code{-G 0} so that it doesn't
4974require small data support from your application, but use this macro
4975to put small data into @code{.sdata} so that your application can
4976access these variables whether it uses small data or not.
4977@end defmac
4978
4979@defmac FORCE_CODE_SECTION_ALIGN
4980If defined, an ASM statement that aligns a code section to some
4981arbitrary boundary.  This is used to force all fragments of the
4982@code{.init} and @code{.fini} sections to have to same alignment
4983and thus prevent the linker from having to add any padding.
4984@end defmac
4985
4986@defmac JUMP_TABLES_IN_TEXT_SECTION
4987Define this macro to be an expression with a nonzero value if jump
4988tables (for @code{tablejump} insns) should be output in the text
4989section, along with the assembler instructions.  Otherwise, the
4990readonly data section is used.
4991
4992This macro is irrelevant if there is no separate readonly data section.
4993@end defmac
4994
4995@hook TARGET_ASM_INIT_SECTIONS
4996
4997@hook TARGET_ASM_RELOC_RW_MASK
4998
4999@hook TARGET_ASM_GENERATE_PIC_ADDR_DIFF_VEC
5000
5001@hook TARGET_ASM_SELECT_SECTION
5002
5003@defmac USE_SELECT_SECTION_FOR_FUNCTIONS
5004Define this macro if you wish TARGET_ASM_SELECT_SECTION to be called
5005for @code{FUNCTION_DECL}s as well as for variables and constants.
5006
5007In the case of a @code{FUNCTION_DECL}, @var{reloc} will be zero if the
5008function has been determined to be likely to be called, and nonzero if
5009it is unlikely to be called.
5010@end defmac
5011
5012@hook TARGET_ASM_UNIQUE_SECTION
5013
5014@hook TARGET_ASM_FUNCTION_RODATA_SECTION
5015
5016@hook TARGET_ASM_MERGEABLE_RODATA_PREFIX
5017
5018@hook TARGET_ASM_TM_CLONE_TABLE_SECTION
5019
5020@hook TARGET_ASM_SELECT_RTX_SECTION
5021
5022@hook TARGET_MANGLE_DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME
5023
5024@hook TARGET_ENCODE_SECTION_INFO
5025
5026@hook TARGET_STRIP_NAME_ENCODING
5027
5028@hook TARGET_IN_SMALL_DATA_P
5029
5030@hook TARGET_HAVE_SRODATA_SECTION
5031
5032@hook TARGET_PROFILE_BEFORE_PROLOGUE
5033
5034@hook TARGET_BINDS_LOCAL_P
5035
5036@hook TARGET_HAVE_TLS
5037
5038
5039@node PIC
5040@section Position Independent Code
5041@cindex position independent code
5042@cindex PIC
5043
5044This section describes macros that help implement generation of position
5045independent code.  Simply defining these macros is not enough to
5046generate valid PIC; you must also add support to the hook
5047@code{TARGET_LEGITIMATE_ADDRESS_P} and to the macro
5048@code{PRINT_OPERAND_ADDRESS}, as well as @code{LEGITIMIZE_ADDRESS}.  You
5049must modify the definition of @samp{movsi} to do something appropriate
5050when the source operand contains a symbolic address.  You may also
5051need to alter the handling of switch statements so that they use
5052relative addresses.
5053@c i rearranged the order of the macros above to try to force one of
5054@c them to the next line, to eliminate an overfull hbox. --mew 10feb93
5055
5056@defmac PIC_OFFSET_TABLE_REGNUM
5057The register number of the register used to address a table of static
5058data addresses in memory.  In some cases this register is defined by a
5059processor's ``application binary interface'' (ABI)@.  When this macro
5060is defined, RTL is generated for this register once, as with the stack
5061pointer and frame pointer registers.  If this macro is not defined, it
5062is up to the machine-dependent files to allocate such a register (if
5063necessary).  Note that this register must be fixed when in use (e.g.@:
5064when @code{flag_pic} is true).
5065@end defmac
5066
5067@defmac PIC_OFFSET_TABLE_REG_CALL_CLOBBERED
5068A C expression that is nonzero if the register defined by
5069@code{PIC_OFFSET_TABLE_REGNUM} is clobbered by calls.  If not defined,
5070the default is zero.  Do not define
5071this macro if @code{PIC_OFFSET_TABLE_REGNUM} is not defined.
5072@end defmac
5073
5074@defmac LEGITIMATE_PIC_OPERAND_P (@var{x})
5075A C expression that is nonzero if @var{x} is a legitimate immediate
5076operand on the target machine when generating position independent code.
5077You can assume that @var{x} satisfies @code{CONSTANT_P}, so you need not
5078check this.  You can also assume @var{flag_pic} is true, so you need not
5079check it either.  You need not define this macro if all constants
5080(including @code{SYMBOL_REF}) can be immediate operands when generating
5081position independent code.
5082@end defmac
5083
5084@node Assembler Format
5085@section Defining the Output Assembler Language
5086
5087This section describes macros whose principal purpose is to describe how
5088to write instructions in assembler language---rather than what the
5089instructions do.
5090
5091@menu
5092* File Framework::       Structural information for the assembler file.
5093* Data Output::          Output of constants (numbers, strings, addresses).
5094* Uninitialized Data::   Output of uninitialized variables.
5095* Label Output::         Output and generation of labels.
5096* Initialization::       General principles of initialization
5097                         and termination routines.
5098* Macros for Initialization::
5099                         Specific macros that control the handling of
5100                         initialization and termination routines.
5101* Instruction Output::   Output of actual instructions.
5102* Dispatch Tables::      Output of jump tables.
5103* Exception Region Output:: Output of exception region code.
5104* Alignment Output::     Pseudo ops for alignment and skipping data.
5105@end menu
5106
5107@node File Framework
5108@subsection The Overall Framework of an Assembler File
5109@cindex assembler format
5110@cindex output of assembler code
5111
5112@c prevent bad page break with this line
5113This describes the overall framework of an assembly file.
5114
5115@findex default_file_start
5116@hook TARGET_ASM_FILE_START
5117
5118@hook TARGET_ASM_FILE_START_APP_OFF
5119
5120@hook TARGET_ASM_FILE_START_FILE_DIRECTIVE
5121
5122@hook TARGET_ASM_FILE_END
5123
5124@deftypefun void file_end_indicate_exec_stack ()
5125Some systems use a common convention, the @samp{.note.GNU-stack}
5126special section, to indicate whether or not an object file relies on
5127the stack being executable.  If your system uses this convention, you
5128should define @code{TARGET_ASM_FILE_END} to this function.  If you
5129need to do other things in that hook, have your hook function call
5130this function.
5131@end deftypefun
5132
5133@hook TARGET_ASM_LTO_START
5134
5135@hook TARGET_ASM_LTO_END
5136
5137@hook TARGET_ASM_CODE_END
5138
5139@defmac ASM_COMMENT_START
5140A C string constant describing how to begin a comment in the target
5141assembler language.  The compiler assumes that the comment will end at
5142the end of the line.
5143@end defmac
5144
5145@defmac ASM_APP_ON
5146A C string constant for text to be output before each @code{asm}
5147statement or group of consecutive ones.  Normally this is
5148@code{"#APP"}, which is a comment that has no effect on most
5149assemblers but tells the GNU assembler that it must check the lines
5150that follow for all valid assembler constructs.
5151@end defmac
5152
5153@defmac ASM_APP_OFF
5154A C string constant for text to be output after each @code{asm}
5155statement or group of consecutive ones.  Normally this is
5156@code{"#NO_APP"}, which tells the GNU assembler to resume making the
5157time-saving assumptions that are valid for ordinary compiler output.
5158@end defmac
5159
5160@defmac ASM_OUTPUT_SOURCE_FILENAME (@var{stream}, @var{name})
5161A C statement to output COFF information or DWARF debugging information
5162which indicates that filename @var{name} is the current source file to
5163the stdio stream @var{stream}.
5164
5165This macro need not be defined if the standard form of output
5166for the file format in use is appropriate.
5167@end defmac
5168
5169@hook TARGET_ASM_OUTPUT_SOURCE_FILENAME
5170
5171@hook TARGET_ASM_OUTPUT_IDENT
5172
5173@defmac OUTPUT_QUOTED_STRING (@var{stream}, @var{string})
5174A C statement to output the string @var{string} to the stdio stream
5175@var{stream}.  If you do not call the function @code{output_quoted_string}
5176in your config files, GCC will only call it to output filenames to
5177the assembler source.  So you can use it to canonicalize the format
5178of the filename using this macro.
5179@end defmac
5180
5181@hook TARGET_ASM_NAMED_SECTION
5182
5183@hook TARGET_ASM_ELF_FLAGS_NUMERIC
5184
5185@hook TARGET_ASM_FUNCTION_SECTION
5186
5187@hook TARGET_ASM_FUNCTION_SWITCHED_TEXT_SECTIONS
5188
5189@hook TARGET_HAVE_NAMED_SECTIONS
5190This flag is true if the target supports @code{TARGET_ASM_NAMED_SECTION}.
5191It must not be modified by command-line option processing.
5192@end deftypevr
5193
5194@anchor{TARGET_HAVE_SWITCHABLE_BSS_SECTIONS}
5195@hook TARGET_HAVE_SWITCHABLE_BSS_SECTIONS
5196
5197@hook TARGET_SECTION_TYPE_FLAGS
5198
5199@hook TARGET_ASM_RECORD_GCC_SWITCHES
5200
5201@hook TARGET_ASM_RECORD_GCC_SWITCHES_SECTION
5202
5203@need 2000
5204@node Data Output
5205@subsection Output of Data
5206
5207
5208@hook TARGET_ASM_BYTE_OP
5209
5210@hook TARGET_ASM_INTEGER
5211
5212@hook TARGET_ASM_DECL_END
5213
5214@hook TARGET_ASM_OUTPUT_ADDR_CONST_EXTRA
5215
5216@defmac ASM_OUTPUT_ASCII (@var{stream}, @var{ptr}, @var{len})
5217A C statement to output to the stdio stream @var{stream} an assembler
5218instruction to assemble a string constant containing the @var{len}
5219bytes at @var{ptr}.  @var{ptr} will be a C expression of type
5220@code{char *} and @var{len} a C expression of type @code{int}.
5221
5222If the assembler has a @code{.ascii} pseudo-op as found in the
5223Berkeley Unix assembler, do not define the macro
5224@code{ASM_OUTPUT_ASCII}.
5225@end defmac
5226
5227@defmac ASM_OUTPUT_FDESC (@var{stream}, @var{decl}, @var{n})
5228A C statement to output word @var{n} of a function descriptor for
5229@var{decl}.  This must be defined if @code{TARGET_VTABLE_USES_DESCRIPTORS}
5230is defined, and is otherwise unused.
5231@end defmac
5232
5233@defmac CONSTANT_POOL_BEFORE_FUNCTION
5234You may define this macro as a C expression.  You should define the
5235expression to have a nonzero value if GCC should output the constant
5236pool for a function before the code for the function, or a zero value if
5237GCC should output the constant pool after the function.  If you do
5238not define this macro, the usual case, GCC will output the constant
5239pool before the function.
5240@end defmac
5241
5242@defmac ASM_OUTPUT_POOL_PROLOGUE (@var{file}, @var{funname}, @var{fundecl}, @var{size})
5243A C statement to output assembler commands to define the start of the
5244constant pool for a function.  @var{funname} is a string giving
5245the name of the function.  Should the return type of the function
5246be required, it can be obtained via @var{fundecl}.  @var{size}
5247is the size, in bytes, of the constant pool that will be written
5248immediately after this call.
5249
5250If no constant-pool prefix is required, the usual case, this macro need
5251not be defined.
5252@end defmac
5253
5254@defmac ASM_OUTPUT_SPECIAL_POOL_ENTRY (@var{file}, @var{x}, @var{mode}, @var{align}, @var{labelno}, @var{jumpto})
5255A C statement (with or without semicolon) to output a constant in the
5256constant pool, if it needs special treatment.  (This macro need not do
5257anything for RTL expressions that can be output normally.)
5258
5259The argument @var{file} is the standard I/O stream to output the
5260assembler code on.  @var{x} is the RTL expression for the constant to
5261output, and @var{mode} is the machine mode (in case @var{x} is a
5262@samp{const_int}).  @var{align} is the required alignment for the value
5263@var{x}; you should output an assembler directive to force this much
5264alignment.
5265
5266The argument @var{labelno} is a number to use in an internal label for
5267the address of this pool entry.  The definition of this macro is
5268responsible for outputting the label definition at the proper place.
5269Here is how to do this:
5270
5271@smallexample
5272@code{(*targetm.asm_out.internal_label)} (@var{file}, "LC", @var{labelno});
5273@end smallexample
5274
5275When you output a pool entry specially, you should end with a
5276@code{goto} to the label @var{jumpto}.  This will prevent the same pool
5277entry from being output a second time in the usual manner.
5278
5279You need not define this macro if it would do nothing.
5280@end defmac
5281
5282@defmac ASM_OUTPUT_POOL_EPILOGUE (@var{file} @var{funname} @var{fundecl} @var{size})
5283A C statement to output assembler commands to at the end of the constant
5284pool for a function.  @var{funname} is a string giving the name of the
5285function.  Should the return type of the function be required, you can
5286obtain it via @var{fundecl}.  @var{size} is the size, in bytes, of the
5287constant pool that GCC wrote immediately before this call.
5288
5289If no constant-pool epilogue is required, the usual case, you need not
5290define this macro.
5291@end defmac
5292
5293@defmac IS_ASM_LOGICAL_LINE_SEPARATOR (@var{C}, @var{STR})
5294Define this macro as a C expression which is nonzero if @var{C} is
5295used as a logical line separator by the assembler.  @var{STR} points
5296to the position in the string where @var{C} was found; this can be used if
5297a line separator uses multiple characters.
5298
5299If you do not define this macro, the default is that only
5300the character @samp{;} is treated as a logical line separator.
5301@end defmac
5302
5303@hook TARGET_ASM_OPEN_PAREN
5304
5305These macros are provided by @file{real.h} for writing the definitions
5306of @code{ASM_OUTPUT_DOUBLE} and the like:
5307
5308@defmac REAL_VALUE_TO_TARGET_SINGLE (@var{x}, @var{l})
5309@defmacx REAL_VALUE_TO_TARGET_DOUBLE (@var{x}, @var{l})
5310@defmacx REAL_VALUE_TO_TARGET_LONG_DOUBLE (@var{x}, @var{l})
5311@defmacx REAL_VALUE_TO_TARGET_DECIMAL32 (@var{x}, @var{l})
5312@defmacx REAL_VALUE_TO_TARGET_DECIMAL64 (@var{x}, @var{l})
5313@defmacx REAL_VALUE_TO_TARGET_DECIMAL128 (@var{x}, @var{l})
5314These translate @var{x}, of type @code{REAL_VALUE_TYPE}, to the
5315target's floating point representation, and store its bit pattern in
5316the variable @var{l}.  For @code{REAL_VALUE_TO_TARGET_SINGLE} and
5317@code{REAL_VALUE_TO_TARGET_DECIMAL32}, this variable should be a
5318simple @code{long int}.  For the others, it should be an array of
5319@code{long int}.  The number of elements in this array is determined
5320by the size of the desired target floating point data type: 32 bits of
5321it go in each @code{long int} array element.  Each array element holds
532232 bits of the result, even if @code{long int} is wider than 32 bits
5323on the host machine.
5324
5325The array element values are designed so that you can print them out
5326using @code{fprintf} in the order they should appear in the target
5327machine's memory.
5328@end defmac
5329
5330@node Uninitialized Data
5331@subsection Output of Uninitialized Variables
5332
5333Each of the macros in this section is used to do the whole job of
5334outputting a single uninitialized variable.
5335
5336@defmac ASM_OUTPUT_COMMON (@var{stream}, @var{name}, @var{size}, @var{rounded})
5337A C statement (sans semicolon) to output to the stdio stream
5338@var{stream} the assembler definition of a common-label named
5339@var{name} whose size is @var{size} bytes.  The variable @var{rounded}
5340is the size rounded up to whatever alignment the caller wants.  It is
5341possible that @var{size} may be zero, for instance if a struct with no
5342other member than a zero-length array is defined.  In this case, the
5343backend must output a symbol definition that allocates at least one
5344byte, both so that the address of the resulting object does not compare
5345equal to any other, and because some object formats cannot even express
5346the concept of a zero-sized common symbol, as that is how they represent
5347an ordinary undefined external.
5348
5349Use the expression @code{assemble_name (@var{stream}, @var{name})} to
5350output the name itself; before and after that, output the additional
5351assembler syntax for defining the name, and a newline.
5352
5353This macro controls how the assembler definitions of uninitialized
5354common global variables are output.
5355@end defmac
5356
5357@defmac ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGNED_COMMON (@var{stream}, @var{name}, @var{size}, @var{alignment})
5358Like @code{ASM_OUTPUT_COMMON} except takes the required alignment as a
5359separate, explicit argument.  If you define this macro, it is used in
5360place of @code{ASM_OUTPUT_COMMON}, and gives you more flexibility in
5361handling the required alignment of the variable.  The alignment is specified
5362as the number of bits.
5363@end defmac
5364
5365@defmac ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGNED_DECL_COMMON (@var{stream}, @var{decl}, @var{name}, @var{size}, @var{alignment})
5366Like @code{ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGNED_COMMON} except that @var{decl} of the
5367variable to be output, if there is one, or @code{NULL_TREE} if there
5368is no corresponding variable.  If you define this macro, GCC will use it
5369in place of both @code{ASM_OUTPUT_COMMON} and
5370@code{ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGNED_COMMON}.  Define this macro when you need to see
5371the variable's decl in order to chose what to output.
5372@end defmac
5373
5374@defmac ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGNED_BSS (@var{stream}, @var{decl}, @var{name}, @var{size}, @var{alignment})
5375A C statement (sans semicolon) to output to the stdio stream
5376@var{stream} the assembler definition of uninitialized global @var{decl} named
5377@var{name} whose size is @var{size} bytes.  The variable @var{alignment}
5378is the alignment specified as the number of bits.
5379
5380Try to use function @code{asm_output_aligned_bss} defined in file
5381@file{varasm.c} when defining this macro.  If unable, use the expression
5382@code{assemble_name (@var{stream}, @var{name})} to output the name itself;
5383before and after that, output the additional assembler syntax for defining
5384the name, and a newline.
5385
5386There are two ways of handling global BSS@.  One is to define this macro.
5387The other is to have @code{TARGET_ASM_SELECT_SECTION} return a
5388switchable BSS section (@pxref{TARGET_HAVE_SWITCHABLE_BSS_SECTIONS}).
5389You do not need to do both.
5390
5391Some languages do not have @code{common} data, and require a
5392non-common form of global BSS in order to handle uninitialized globals
5393efficiently.  C++ is one example of this.  However, if the target does
5394not support global BSS, the front end may choose to make globals
5395common in order to save space in the object file.
5396@end defmac
5397
5398@defmac ASM_OUTPUT_LOCAL (@var{stream}, @var{name}, @var{size}, @var{rounded})
5399A C statement (sans semicolon) to output to the stdio stream
5400@var{stream} the assembler definition of a local-common-label named
5401@var{name} whose size is @var{size} bytes.  The variable @var{rounded}
5402is the size rounded up to whatever alignment the caller wants.
5403
5404Use the expression @code{assemble_name (@var{stream}, @var{name})} to
5405output the name itself; before and after that, output the additional
5406assembler syntax for defining the name, and a newline.
5407
5408This macro controls how the assembler definitions of uninitialized
5409static variables are output.
5410@end defmac
5411
5412@defmac ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGNED_LOCAL (@var{stream}, @var{name}, @var{size}, @var{alignment})
5413Like @code{ASM_OUTPUT_LOCAL} except takes the required alignment as a
5414separate, explicit argument.  If you define this macro, it is used in
5415place of @code{ASM_OUTPUT_LOCAL}, and gives you more flexibility in
5416handling the required alignment of the variable.  The alignment is specified
5417as the number of bits.
5418@end defmac
5419
5420@defmac ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGNED_DECL_LOCAL (@var{stream}, @var{decl}, @var{name}, @var{size}, @var{alignment})
5421Like @code{ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGNED_LOCAL} except that @var{decl} of the
5422variable to be output, if there is one, or @code{NULL_TREE} if there
5423is no corresponding variable.  If you define this macro, GCC will use it
5424in place of both @code{ASM_OUTPUT_LOCAL} and
5425@code{ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGNED_LOCAL}.  Define this macro when you need to see
5426the variable's decl in order to chose what to output.
5427@end defmac
5428
5429@node Label Output
5430@subsection Output and Generation of Labels
5431
5432@c prevent bad page break with this line
5433This is about outputting labels.
5434
5435@findex assemble_name
5436@defmac ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (@var{stream}, @var{name})
5437A C statement (sans semicolon) to output to the stdio stream
5438@var{stream} the assembler definition of a label named @var{name}.
5439Use the expression @code{assemble_name (@var{stream}, @var{name})} to
5440output the name itself; before and after that, output the additional
5441assembler syntax for defining the name, and a newline.  A default
5442definition of this macro is provided which is correct for most systems.
5443@end defmac
5444
5445@defmac ASM_OUTPUT_FUNCTION_LABEL (@var{stream}, @var{name}, @var{decl})
5446A C statement (sans semicolon) to output to the stdio stream
5447@var{stream} the assembler definition of a label named @var{name} of
5448a function.
5449Use the expression @code{assemble_name (@var{stream}, @var{name})} to
5450output the name itself; before and after that, output the additional
5451assembler syntax for defining the name, and a newline.  A default
5452definition of this macro is provided which is correct for most systems.
5453
5454If this macro is not defined, then the function name is defined in the
5455usual manner as a label (by means of @code{ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL}).
5456@end defmac
5457
5458@findex assemble_name_raw
5459@defmac ASM_OUTPUT_INTERNAL_LABEL (@var{stream}, @var{name})
5460Identical to @code{ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL}, except that @var{name} is known
5461to refer to a compiler-generated label.  The default definition uses
5462@code{assemble_name_raw}, which is like @code{assemble_name} except
5463that it is more efficient.
5464@end defmac
5465
5466@defmac SIZE_ASM_OP
5467A C string containing the appropriate assembler directive to specify the
5468size of a symbol, without any arguments.  On systems that use ELF, the
5469default (in @file{config/elfos.h}) is @samp{"\t.size\t"}; on other
5470systems, the default is not to define this macro.
5471
5472Define this macro only if it is correct to use the default definitions
5473of @code{ASM_OUTPUT_SIZE_DIRECTIVE} and @code{ASM_OUTPUT_MEASURED_SIZE}
5474for your system.  If you need your own custom definitions of those
5475macros, or if you do not need explicit symbol sizes at all, do not
5476define this macro.
5477@end defmac
5478
5479@defmac ASM_OUTPUT_SIZE_DIRECTIVE (@var{stream}, @var{name}, @var{size})
5480A C statement (sans semicolon) to output to the stdio stream
5481@var{stream} a directive telling the assembler that the size of the
5482symbol @var{name} is @var{size}.  @var{size} is a @code{HOST_WIDE_INT}.
5483If you define @code{SIZE_ASM_OP}, a default definition of this macro is
5484provided.
5485@end defmac
5486
5487@defmac ASM_OUTPUT_MEASURED_SIZE (@var{stream}, @var{name})
5488A C statement (sans semicolon) to output to the stdio stream
5489@var{stream} a directive telling the assembler to calculate the size of
5490the symbol @var{name} by subtracting its address from the current
5491address.
5492
5493If you define @code{SIZE_ASM_OP}, a default definition of this macro is
5494provided.  The default assumes that the assembler recognizes a special
5495@samp{.} symbol as referring to the current address, and can calculate
5496the difference between this and another symbol.  If your assembler does
5497not recognize @samp{.} or cannot do calculations with it, you will need
5498to redefine @code{ASM_OUTPUT_MEASURED_SIZE} to use some other technique.
5499@end defmac
5500
5501@defmac NO_DOLLAR_IN_LABEL
5502Define this macro if the assembler does not accept the character
5503@samp{$} in label names.  By default constructors and destructors in
5504G++ have @samp{$} in the identifiers.  If this macro is defined,
5505@samp{.} is used instead.
5506@end defmac
5507
5508@defmac NO_DOT_IN_LABEL
5509Define this macro if the assembler does not accept the character
5510@samp{.} in label names.  By default constructors and destructors in G++
5511have names that use @samp{.}.  If this macro is defined, these names
5512are rewritten to avoid @samp{.}.
5513@end defmac
5514
5515@defmac TYPE_ASM_OP
5516A C string containing the appropriate assembler directive to specify the
5517type of a symbol, without any arguments.  On systems that use ELF, the
5518default (in @file{config/elfos.h}) is @samp{"\t.type\t"}; on other
5519systems, the default is not to define this macro.
5520
5521Define this macro only if it is correct to use the default definition of
5522@code{ASM_OUTPUT_TYPE_DIRECTIVE} for your system.  If you need your own
5523custom definition of this macro, or if you do not need explicit symbol
5524types at all, do not define this macro.
5525@end defmac
5526
5527@defmac TYPE_OPERAND_FMT
5528A C string which specifies (using @code{printf} syntax) the format of
5529the second operand to @code{TYPE_ASM_OP}.  On systems that use ELF, the
5530default (in @file{config/elfos.h}) is @samp{"@@%s"}; on other systems,
5531the default is not to define this macro.
5532
5533Define this macro only if it is correct to use the default definition of
5534@code{ASM_OUTPUT_TYPE_DIRECTIVE} for your system.  If you need your own
5535custom definition of this macro, or if you do not need explicit symbol
5536types at all, do not define this macro.
5537@end defmac
5538
5539@defmac ASM_OUTPUT_TYPE_DIRECTIVE (@var{stream}, @var{type})
5540A C statement (sans semicolon) to output to the stdio stream
5541@var{stream} a directive telling the assembler that the type of the
5542symbol @var{name} is @var{type}.  @var{type} is a C string; currently,
5543that string is always either @samp{"function"} or @samp{"object"}, but
5544you should not count on this.
5545
5546If you define @code{TYPE_ASM_OP} and @code{TYPE_OPERAND_FMT}, a default
5547definition of this macro is provided.
5548@end defmac
5549
5550@defmac ASM_DECLARE_FUNCTION_NAME (@var{stream}, @var{name}, @var{decl})
5551A C statement (sans semicolon) to output to the stdio stream
5552@var{stream} any text necessary for declaring the name @var{name} of a
5553function which is being defined.  This macro is responsible for
5554outputting the label definition (perhaps using
5555@code{ASM_OUTPUT_FUNCTION_LABEL}).  The argument @var{decl} is the
5556@code{FUNCTION_DECL} tree node representing the function.
5557
5558If this macro is not defined, then the function name is defined in the
5559usual manner as a label (by means of @code{ASM_OUTPUT_FUNCTION_LABEL}).
5560
5561You may wish to use @code{ASM_OUTPUT_TYPE_DIRECTIVE} in the definition
5562of this macro.
5563@end defmac
5564
5565@defmac ASM_DECLARE_FUNCTION_SIZE (@var{stream}, @var{name}, @var{decl})
5566A C statement (sans semicolon) to output to the stdio stream
5567@var{stream} any text necessary for declaring the size of a function
5568which is being defined.  The argument @var{name} is the name of the
5569function.  The argument @var{decl} is the @code{FUNCTION_DECL} tree node
5570representing the function.
5571
5572If this macro is not defined, then the function size is not defined.
5573
5574You may wish to use @code{ASM_OUTPUT_MEASURED_SIZE} in the definition
5575of this macro.
5576@end defmac
5577
5578@defmac ASM_DECLARE_COLD_FUNCTION_NAME (@var{stream}, @var{name}, @var{decl})
5579A C statement (sans semicolon) to output to the stdio stream
5580@var{stream} any text necessary for declaring the name @var{name} of a
5581cold function partition which is being defined.  This macro is responsible
5582for outputting the label definition (perhaps using
5583@code{ASM_OUTPUT_FUNCTION_LABEL}).  The argument @var{decl} is the
5584@code{FUNCTION_DECL} tree node representing the function.
5585
5586If this macro is not defined, then the cold partition name is defined in the
5587usual manner as a label (by means of @code{ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL}).
5588
5589You may wish to use @code{ASM_OUTPUT_TYPE_DIRECTIVE} in the definition
5590of this macro.
5591@end defmac
5592
5593@defmac ASM_DECLARE_COLD_FUNCTION_SIZE (@var{stream}, @var{name}, @var{decl})
5594A C statement (sans semicolon) to output to the stdio stream
5595@var{stream} any text necessary for declaring the size of a cold function
5596partition which is being defined.  The argument @var{name} is the name of the
5597cold partition of the function.  The argument @var{decl} is the
5598@code{FUNCTION_DECL} tree node representing the function.
5599
5600If this macro is not defined, then the partition size is not defined.
5601
5602You may wish to use @code{ASM_OUTPUT_MEASURED_SIZE} in the definition
5603of this macro.
5604@end defmac
5605
5606@defmac ASM_DECLARE_OBJECT_NAME (@var{stream}, @var{name}, @var{decl})
5607A C statement (sans semicolon) to output to the stdio stream
5608@var{stream} any text necessary for declaring the name @var{name} of an
5609initialized variable which is being defined.  This macro must output the
5610label definition (perhaps using @code{ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL}).  The argument
5611@var{decl} is the @code{VAR_DECL} tree node representing the variable.
5612
5613If this macro is not defined, then the variable name is defined in the
5614usual manner as a label (by means of @code{ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL}).
5615
5616You may wish to use @code{ASM_OUTPUT_TYPE_DIRECTIVE} and/or
5617@code{ASM_OUTPUT_SIZE_DIRECTIVE} in the definition of this macro.
5618@end defmac
5619
5620@hook TARGET_ASM_DECLARE_CONSTANT_NAME
5621
5622@defmac ASM_DECLARE_REGISTER_GLOBAL (@var{stream}, @var{decl}, @var{regno}, @var{name})
5623A C statement (sans semicolon) to output to the stdio stream
5624@var{stream} any text necessary for claiming a register @var{regno}
5625for a global variable @var{decl} with name @var{name}.
5626
5627If you don't define this macro, that is equivalent to defining it to do
5628nothing.
5629@end defmac
5630
5631@defmac ASM_FINISH_DECLARE_OBJECT (@var{stream}, @var{decl}, @var{toplevel}, @var{atend})
5632A C statement (sans semicolon) to finish up declaring a variable name
5633once the compiler has processed its initializer fully and thus has had a
5634chance to determine the size of an array when controlled by an
5635initializer.  This is used on systems where it's necessary to declare
5636something about the size of the object.
5637
5638If you don't define this macro, that is equivalent to defining it to do
5639nothing.
5640
5641You may wish to use @code{ASM_OUTPUT_SIZE_DIRECTIVE} and/or
5642@code{ASM_OUTPUT_MEASURED_SIZE} in the definition of this macro.
5643@end defmac
5644
5645@hook TARGET_ASM_GLOBALIZE_LABEL
5646
5647@hook TARGET_ASM_GLOBALIZE_DECL_NAME
5648
5649@hook TARGET_ASM_ASSEMBLE_UNDEFINED_DECL
5650
5651@defmac ASM_WEAKEN_LABEL (@var{stream}, @var{name})
5652A C statement (sans semicolon) to output to the stdio stream
5653@var{stream} some commands that will make the label @var{name} weak;
5654that is, available for reference from other files but only used if
5655no other definition is available.  Use the expression
5656@code{assemble_name (@var{stream}, @var{name})} to output the name
5657itself; before and after that, output the additional assembler syntax
5658for making that name weak, and a newline.
5659
5660If you don't define this macro or @code{ASM_WEAKEN_DECL}, GCC will not
5661support weak symbols and you should not define the @code{SUPPORTS_WEAK}
5662macro.
5663@end defmac
5664
5665@defmac ASM_WEAKEN_DECL (@var{stream}, @var{decl}, @var{name}, @var{value})
5666Combines (and replaces) the function of @code{ASM_WEAKEN_LABEL} and
5667@code{ASM_OUTPUT_WEAK_ALIAS}, allowing access to the associated function
5668or variable decl.  If @var{value} is not @code{NULL}, this C statement
5669should output to the stdio stream @var{stream} assembler code which
5670defines (equates) the weak symbol @var{name} to have the value
5671@var{value}.  If @var{value} is @code{NULL}, it should output commands
5672to make @var{name} weak.
5673@end defmac
5674
5675@defmac ASM_OUTPUT_WEAKREF (@var{stream}, @var{decl}, @var{name}, @var{value})
5676Outputs a directive that enables @var{name} to be used to refer to
5677symbol @var{value} with weak-symbol semantics.  @code{decl} is the
5678declaration of @code{name}.
5679@end defmac
5680
5681@defmac SUPPORTS_WEAK
5682A preprocessor constant expression which evaluates to true if the target
5683supports weak symbols.
5684
5685If you don't define this macro, @file{defaults.h} provides a default
5686definition.  If either @code{ASM_WEAKEN_LABEL} or @code{ASM_WEAKEN_DECL}
5687is defined, the default definition is @samp{1}; otherwise, it is @samp{0}.
5688@end defmac
5689
5690@defmac TARGET_SUPPORTS_WEAK
5691A C expression which evaluates to true if the target supports weak symbols.
5692
5693If you don't define this macro, @file{defaults.h} provides a default
5694definition.  The default definition is @samp{(SUPPORTS_WEAK)}.  Define
5695this macro if you want to control weak symbol support with a compiler
5696flag such as @option{-melf}.
5697@end defmac
5698
5699@defmac MAKE_DECL_ONE_ONLY (@var{decl})
5700A C statement (sans semicolon) to mark @var{decl} to be emitted as a
5701public symbol such that extra copies in multiple translation units will
5702be discarded by the linker.  Define this macro if your object file
5703format provides support for this concept, such as the @samp{COMDAT}
5704section flags in the Microsoft Windows PE/COFF format, and this support
5705requires changes to @var{decl}, such as putting it in a separate section.
5706@end defmac
5707
5708@defmac SUPPORTS_ONE_ONLY
5709A C expression which evaluates to true if the target supports one-only
5710semantics.
5711
5712If you don't define this macro, @file{varasm.c} provides a default
5713definition.  If @code{MAKE_DECL_ONE_ONLY} is defined, the default
5714definition is @samp{1}; otherwise, it is @samp{0}.  Define this macro if
5715you want to control one-only symbol support with a compiler flag, or if
5716setting the @code{DECL_ONE_ONLY} flag is enough to mark a declaration to
5717be emitted as one-only.
5718@end defmac
5719
5720@hook TARGET_ASM_ASSEMBLE_VISIBILITY
5721
5722@defmac TARGET_WEAK_NOT_IN_ARCHIVE_TOC
5723A C expression that evaluates to true if the target's linker expects
5724that weak symbols do not appear in a static archive's table of contents.
5725The default is @code{0}.
5726
5727Leaving weak symbols out of an archive's table of contents means that,
5728if a symbol will only have a definition in one translation unit and
5729will have undefined references from other translation units, that
5730symbol should not be weak.  Defining this macro to be nonzero will
5731thus have the effect that certain symbols that would normally be weak
5732(explicit template instantiations, and vtables for polymorphic classes
5733with noninline key methods) will instead be nonweak.
5734
5735The C++ ABI requires this macro to be zero.  Define this macro for
5736targets where full C++ ABI compliance is impossible and where linker
5737restrictions require weak symbols to be left out of a static archive's
5738table of contents.
5739@end defmac
5740
5741@defmac ASM_OUTPUT_EXTERNAL (@var{stream}, @var{decl}, @var{name})
5742A C statement (sans semicolon) to output to the stdio stream
5743@var{stream} any text necessary for declaring the name of an external
5744symbol named @var{name} which is referenced in this compilation but
5745not defined.  The value of @var{decl} is the tree node for the
5746declaration.
5747
5748This macro need not be defined if it does not need to output anything.
5749The GNU assembler and most Unix assemblers don't require anything.
5750@end defmac
5751
5752@hook TARGET_ASM_EXTERNAL_LIBCALL
5753
5754@hook TARGET_ASM_MARK_DECL_PRESERVED
5755
5756@defmac ASM_OUTPUT_LABELREF (@var{stream}, @var{name})
5757A C statement (sans semicolon) to output to the stdio stream
5758@var{stream} a reference in assembler syntax to a label named
5759@var{name}.  This should add @samp{_} to the front of the name, if that
5760is customary on your operating system, as it is in most Berkeley Unix
5761systems.  This macro is used in @code{assemble_name}.
5762@end defmac
5763
5764@hook TARGET_MANGLE_ASSEMBLER_NAME
5765
5766@defmac ASM_OUTPUT_SYMBOL_REF (@var{stream}, @var{sym})
5767A C statement (sans semicolon) to output a reference to
5768@code{SYMBOL_REF} @var{sym}.  If not defined, @code{assemble_name}
5769will be used to output the name of the symbol.  This macro may be used
5770to modify the way a symbol is referenced depending on information
5771encoded by @code{TARGET_ENCODE_SECTION_INFO}.
5772@end defmac
5773
5774@defmac ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL_REF (@var{stream}, @var{buf})
5775A C statement (sans semicolon) to output a reference to @var{buf}, the
5776result of @code{ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL}.  If not defined,
5777@code{assemble_name} will be used to output the name of the symbol.
5778This macro is not used by @code{output_asm_label}, or the @code{%l}
5779specifier that calls it; the intention is that this macro should be set
5780when it is necessary to output a label differently when its address is
5781being taken.
5782@end defmac
5783
5784@hook TARGET_ASM_INTERNAL_LABEL
5785
5786@defmac ASM_OUTPUT_DEBUG_LABEL (@var{stream}, @var{prefix}, @var{num})
5787A C statement to output to the stdio stream @var{stream} a debug info
5788label whose name is made from the string @var{prefix} and the number
5789@var{num}.  This is useful for VLIW targets, where debug info labels
5790may need to be treated differently than branch target labels.  On some
5791systems, branch target labels must be at the beginning of instruction
5792bundles, but debug info labels can occur in the middle of instruction
5793bundles.
5794
5795If this macro is not defined, then @code{(*targetm.asm_out.internal_label)} will be
5796used.
5797@end defmac
5798
5799@defmac ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (@var{string}, @var{prefix}, @var{num})
5800A C statement to store into the string @var{string} a label whose name
5801is made from the string @var{prefix} and the number @var{num}.
5802
5803This string, when output subsequently by @code{assemble_name}, should
5804produce the output that @code{(*targetm.asm_out.internal_label)} would produce
5805with the same @var{prefix} and @var{num}.
5806
5807If the string begins with @samp{*}, then @code{assemble_name} will
5808output the rest of the string unchanged.  It is often convenient for
5809@code{ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL} to use @samp{*} in this way.  If the
5810string doesn't start with @samp{*}, then @code{ASM_OUTPUT_LABELREF} gets
5811to output the string, and may change it.  (Of course,
5812@code{ASM_OUTPUT_LABELREF} is also part of your machine description, so
5813you should know what it does on your machine.)
5814@end defmac
5815
5816@defmac ASM_FORMAT_PRIVATE_NAME (@var{outvar}, @var{name}, @var{number})
5817A C expression to assign to @var{outvar} (which is a variable of type
5818@code{char *}) a newly allocated string made from the string
5819@var{name} and the number @var{number}, with some suitable punctuation
5820added.  Use @code{alloca} to get space for the string.
5821
5822The string will be used as an argument to @code{ASM_OUTPUT_LABELREF} to
5823produce an assembler label for an internal static variable whose name is
5824@var{name}.  Therefore, the string must be such as to result in valid
5825assembler code.  The argument @var{number} is different each time this
5826macro is executed; it prevents conflicts between similarly-named
5827internal static variables in different scopes.
5828
5829Ideally this string should not be a valid C identifier, to prevent any
5830conflict with the user's own symbols.  Most assemblers allow periods
5831or percent signs in assembler symbols; putting at least one of these
5832between the name and the number will suffice.
5833
5834If this macro is not defined, a default definition will be provided
5835which is correct for most systems.
5836@end defmac
5837
5838@defmac ASM_OUTPUT_DEF (@var{stream}, @var{name}, @var{value})
5839A C statement to output to the stdio stream @var{stream} assembler code
5840which defines (equates) the symbol @var{name} to have the value @var{value}.
5841
5842@findex SET_ASM_OP
5843If @code{SET_ASM_OP} is defined, a default definition is provided which is
5844correct for most systems.
5845@end defmac
5846
5847@defmac ASM_OUTPUT_DEF_FROM_DECLS (@var{stream}, @var{decl_of_name}, @var{decl_of_value})
5848A C statement to output to the stdio stream @var{stream} assembler code
5849which defines (equates) the symbol whose tree node is @var{decl_of_name}
5850to have the value of the tree node @var{decl_of_value}.  This macro will
5851be used in preference to @samp{ASM_OUTPUT_DEF} if it is defined and if
5852the tree nodes are available.
5853
5854@findex SET_ASM_OP
5855If @code{SET_ASM_OP} is defined, a default definition is provided which is
5856correct for most systems.
5857@end defmac
5858
5859@defmac TARGET_DEFERRED_OUTPUT_DEFS (@var{decl_of_name}, @var{decl_of_value})
5860A C statement that evaluates to true if the assembler code which defines
5861(equates) the symbol whose tree node is @var{decl_of_name} to have the value
5862of the tree node @var{decl_of_value} should be emitted near the end of the
5863current compilation unit.  The default is to not defer output of defines.
5864This macro affects defines output by @samp{ASM_OUTPUT_DEF} and
5865@samp{ASM_OUTPUT_DEF_FROM_DECLS}.
5866@end defmac
5867
5868@defmac ASM_OUTPUT_WEAK_ALIAS (@var{stream}, @var{name}, @var{value})
5869A C statement to output to the stdio stream @var{stream} assembler code
5870which defines (equates) the weak symbol @var{name} to have the value
5871@var{value}.  If @var{value} is @code{NULL}, it defines @var{name} as
5872an undefined weak symbol.
5873
5874Define this macro if the target only supports weak aliases; define
5875@code{ASM_OUTPUT_DEF} instead if possible.
5876@end defmac
5877
5878@defmac OBJC_GEN_METHOD_LABEL (@var{buf}, @var{is_inst}, @var{class_name}, @var{cat_name}, @var{sel_name})
5879Define this macro to override the default assembler names used for
5880Objective-C methods.
5881
5882The default name is a unique method number followed by the name of the
5883class (e.g.@: @samp{_1_Foo}).  For methods in categories, the name of
5884the category is also included in the assembler name (e.g.@:
5885@samp{_1_Foo_Bar}).
5886
5887These names are safe on most systems, but make debugging difficult since
5888the method's selector is not present in the name.  Therefore, particular
5889systems define other ways of computing names.
5890
5891@var{buf} is an expression of type @code{char *} which gives you a
5892buffer in which to store the name; its length is as long as
5893@var{class_name}, @var{cat_name} and @var{sel_name} put together, plus
589450 characters extra.
5895
5896The argument @var{is_inst} specifies whether the method is an instance
5897method or a class method; @var{class_name} is the name of the class;
5898@var{cat_name} is the name of the category (or @code{NULL} if the method is not
5899in a category); and @var{sel_name} is the name of the selector.
5900
5901On systems where the assembler can handle quoted names, you can use this
5902macro to provide more human-readable names.
5903@end defmac
5904
5905@node Initialization
5906@subsection How Initialization Functions Are Handled
5907@cindex initialization routines
5908@cindex termination routines
5909@cindex constructors, output of
5910@cindex destructors, output of
5911
5912The compiled code for certain languages includes @dfn{constructors}
5913(also called @dfn{initialization routines})---functions to initialize
5914data in the program when the program is started.  These functions need
5915to be called before the program is ``started''---that is to say, before
5916@code{main} is called.
5917
5918Compiling some languages generates @dfn{destructors} (also called
5919@dfn{termination routines}) that should be called when the program
5920terminates.
5921
5922To make the initialization and termination functions work, the compiler
5923must output something in the assembler code to cause those functions to
5924be called at the appropriate time.  When you port the compiler to a new
5925system, you need to specify how to do this.
5926
5927There are two major ways that GCC currently supports the execution of
5928initialization and termination functions.  Each way has two variants.
5929Much of the structure is common to all four variations.
5930
5931@findex __CTOR_LIST__
5932@findex __DTOR_LIST__
5933The linker must build two lists of these functions---a list of
5934initialization functions, called @code{__CTOR_LIST__}, and a list of
5935termination functions, called @code{__DTOR_LIST__}.
5936
5937Each list always begins with an ignored function pointer (which may hold
59380, @minus{}1, or a count of the function pointers after it, depending on
5939the environment).  This is followed by a series of zero or more function
5940pointers to constructors (or destructors), followed by a function
5941pointer containing zero.
5942
5943Depending on the operating system and its executable file format, either
5944@file{crtstuff.c} or @file{libgcc2.c} traverses these lists at startup
5945time and exit time.  Constructors are called in reverse order of the
5946list; destructors in forward order.
5947
5948The best way to handle static constructors works only for object file
5949formats which provide arbitrarily-named sections.  A section is set
5950aside for a list of constructors, and another for a list of destructors.
5951Traditionally these are called @samp{.ctors} and @samp{.dtors}.  Each
5952object file that defines an initialization function also puts a word in
5953the constructor section to point to that function.  The linker
5954accumulates all these words into one contiguous @samp{.ctors} section.
5955Termination functions are handled similarly.
5956
5957This method will be chosen as the default by @file{target-def.h} if
5958@code{TARGET_ASM_NAMED_SECTION} is defined.  A target that does not
5959support arbitrary sections, but does support special designated
5960constructor and destructor sections may define @code{CTORS_SECTION_ASM_OP}
5961and @code{DTORS_SECTION_ASM_OP} to achieve the same effect.
5962
5963When arbitrary sections are available, there are two variants, depending
5964upon how the code in @file{crtstuff.c} is called.  On systems that
5965support a @dfn{.init} section which is executed at program startup,
5966parts of @file{crtstuff.c} are compiled into that section.  The
5967program is linked by the @command{gcc} driver like this:
5968
5969@smallexample
5970ld -o @var{output_file} crti.o crtbegin.o @dots{} -lgcc crtend.o crtn.o
5971@end smallexample
5972
5973The prologue of a function (@code{__init}) appears in the @code{.init}
5974section of @file{crti.o}; the epilogue appears in @file{crtn.o}.  Likewise
5975for the function @code{__fini} in the @dfn{.fini} section.  Normally these
5976files are provided by the operating system or by the GNU C library, but
5977are provided by GCC for a few targets.
5978
5979The objects @file{crtbegin.o} and @file{crtend.o} are (for most targets)
5980compiled from @file{crtstuff.c}.  They contain, among other things, code
5981fragments within the @code{.init} and @code{.fini} sections that branch
5982to routines in the @code{.text} section.  The linker will pull all parts
5983of a section together, which results in a complete @code{__init} function
5984that invokes the routines we need at startup.
5985
5986To use this variant, you must define the @code{INIT_SECTION_ASM_OP}
5987macro properly.
5988
5989If no init section is available, when GCC compiles any function called
5990@code{main} (or more accurately, any function designated as a program
5991entry point by the language front end calling @code{expand_main_function}),
5992it inserts a procedure call to @code{__main} as the first executable code
5993after the function prologue.  The @code{__main} function is defined
5994in @file{libgcc2.c} and runs the global constructors.
5995
5996In file formats that don't support arbitrary sections, there are again
5997two variants.  In the simplest variant, the GNU linker (GNU @code{ld})
5998and an `a.out' format must be used.  In this case,
5999@code{TARGET_ASM_CONSTRUCTOR} is defined to produce a @code{.stabs}
6000entry of type @samp{N_SETT}, referencing the name @code{__CTOR_LIST__},
6001and with the address of the void function containing the initialization
6002code as its value.  The GNU linker recognizes this as a request to add
6003the value to a @dfn{set}; the values are accumulated, and are eventually
6004placed in the executable as a vector in the format described above, with
6005a leading (ignored) count and a trailing zero element.
6006@code{TARGET_ASM_DESTRUCTOR} is handled similarly.  Since no init
6007section is available, the absence of @code{INIT_SECTION_ASM_OP} causes
6008the compilation of @code{main} to call @code{__main} as above, starting
6009the initialization process.
6010
6011The last variant uses neither arbitrary sections nor the GNU linker.
6012This is preferable when you want to do dynamic linking and when using
6013file formats which the GNU linker does not support, such as `ECOFF'@.  In
6014this case, @code{TARGET_HAVE_CTORS_DTORS} is false, initialization and
6015termination functions are recognized simply by their names.  This requires
6016an extra program in the linkage step, called @command{collect2}.  This program
6017pretends to be the linker, for use with GCC; it does its job by running
6018the ordinary linker, but also arranges to include the vectors of
6019initialization and termination functions.  These functions are called
6020via @code{__main} as described above.  In order to use this method,
6021@code{use_collect2} must be defined in the target in @file{config.gcc}.
6022
6023@ifinfo
6024The following section describes the specific macros that control and
6025customize the handling of initialization and termination functions.
6026@end ifinfo
6027
6028@node Macros for Initialization
6029@subsection Macros Controlling Initialization Routines
6030
6031Here are the macros that control how the compiler handles initialization
6032and termination functions:
6033
6034@defmac INIT_SECTION_ASM_OP
6035If defined, a C string constant, including spacing, for the assembler
6036operation to identify the following data as initialization code.  If not
6037defined, GCC will assume such a section does not exist.  When you are
6038using special sections for initialization and termination functions, this
6039macro also controls how @file{crtstuff.c} and @file{libgcc2.c} arrange to
6040run the initialization functions.
6041@end defmac
6042
6043@defmac HAS_INIT_SECTION
6044If defined, @code{main} will not call @code{__main} as described above.
6045This macro should be defined for systems that control start-up code
6046on a symbol-by-symbol basis, such as OSF/1, and should not
6047be defined explicitly for systems that support @code{INIT_SECTION_ASM_OP}.
6048@end defmac
6049
6050@defmac LD_INIT_SWITCH
6051If defined, a C string constant for a switch that tells the linker that
6052the following symbol is an initialization routine.
6053@end defmac
6054
6055@defmac LD_FINI_SWITCH
6056If defined, a C string constant for a switch that tells the linker that
6057the following symbol is a finalization routine.
6058@end defmac
6059
6060@defmac COLLECT_SHARED_INIT_FUNC (@var{stream}, @var{func})
6061If defined, a C statement that will write a function that can be
6062automatically called when a shared library is loaded.  The function
6063should call @var{func}, which takes no arguments.  If not defined, and
6064the object format requires an explicit initialization function, then a
6065function called @code{_GLOBAL__DI} will be generated.
6066
6067This function and the following one are used by collect2 when linking a
6068shared library that needs constructors or destructors, or has DWARF2
6069exception tables embedded in the code.
6070@end defmac
6071
6072@defmac COLLECT_SHARED_FINI_FUNC (@var{stream}, @var{func})
6073If defined, a C statement that will write a function that can be
6074automatically called when a shared library is unloaded.  The function
6075should call @var{func}, which takes no arguments.  If not defined, and
6076the object format requires an explicit finalization function, then a
6077function called @code{_GLOBAL__DD} will be generated.
6078@end defmac
6079
6080@defmac INVOKE__main
6081If defined, @code{main} will call @code{__main} despite the presence of
6082@code{INIT_SECTION_ASM_OP}.  This macro should be defined for systems
6083where the init section is not actually run automatically, but is still
6084useful for collecting the lists of constructors and destructors.
6085@end defmac
6086
6087@defmac SUPPORTS_INIT_PRIORITY
6088If nonzero, the C++ @code{init_priority} attribute is supported and the
6089compiler should emit instructions to control the order of initialization
6090of objects.  If zero, the compiler will issue an error message upon
6091encountering an @code{init_priority} attribute.
6092@end defmac
6093
6094@hook TARGET_HAVE_CTORS_DTORS
6095
6096@hook TARGET_ASM_CONSTRUCTOR
6097
6098@hook TARGET_ASM_DESTRUCTOR
6099
6100If @code{TARGET_HAVE_CTORS_DTORS} is true, the initialization routine
6101generated for the generated object file will have static linkage.
6102
6103If your system uses @command{collect2} as the means of processing
6104constructors, then that program normally uses @command{nm} to scan
6105an object file for constructor functions to be called.
6106
6107On certain kinds of systems, you can define this macro to make
6108@command{collect2} work faster (and, in some cases, make it work at all):
6109
6110@defmac OBJECT_FORMAT_COFF
6111Define this macro if the system uses COFF (Common Object File Format)
6112object files, so that @command{collect2} can assume this format and scan
6113object files directly for dynamic constructor/destructor functions.
6114
6115This macro is effective only in a native compiler; @command{collect2} as
6116part of a cross compiler always uses @command{nm} for the target machine.
6117@end defmac
6118
6119@defmac REAL_NM_FILE_NAME
6120Define this macro as a C string constant containing the file name to use
6121to execute @command{nm}.  The default is to search the path normally for
6122@command{nm}.
6123@end defmac
6124
6125@defmac NM_FLAGS
6126@command{collect2} calls @command{nm} to scan object files for static
6127constructors and destructors and LTO info.  By default, @option{-n} is
6128passed.  Define @code{NM_FLAGS} to a C string constant if other options
6129are needed to get the same output format as GNU @command{nm -n}
6130produces.
6131@end defmac
6132
6133If your system supports shared libraries and has a program to list the
6134dynamic dependencies of a given library or executable, you can define
6135these macros to enable support for running initialization and
6136termination functions in shared libraries:
6137
6138@defmac LDD_SUFFIX
6139Define this macro to a C string constant containing the name of the program
6140which lists dynamic dependencies, like @command{ldd} under SunOS 4.
6141@end defmac
6142
6143@defmac PARSE_LDD_OUTPUT (@var{ptr})
6144Define this macro to be C code that extracts filenames from the output
6145of the program denoted by @code{LDD_SUFFIX}.  @var{ptr} is a variable
6146of type @code{char *} that points to the beginning of a line of output
6147from @code{LDD_SUFFIX}.  If the line lists a dynamic dependency, the
6148code must advance @var{ptr} to the beginning of the filename on that
6149line.  Otherwise, it must set @var{ptr} to @code{NULL}.
6150@end defmac
6151
6152@defmac SHLIB_SUFFIX
6153Define this macro to a C string constant containing the default shared
6154library extension of the target (e.g., @samp{".so"}).  @command{collect2}
6155strips version information after this suffix when generating global
6156constructor and destructor names.  This define is only needed on targets
6157that use @command{collect2} to process constructors and destructors.
6158@end defmac
6159
6160@node Instruction Output
6161@subsection Output of Assembler Instructions
6162
6163@c prevent bad page break with this line
6164This describes assembler instruction output.
6165
6166@defmac REGISTER_NAMES
6167A C initializer containing the assembler's names for the machine
6168registers, each one as a C string constant.  This is what translates
6169register numbers in the compiler into assembler language.
6170@end defmac
6171
6172@defmac ADDITIONAL_REGISTER_NAMES
6173If defined, a C initializer for an array of structures containing a name
6174and a register number.  This macro defines additional names for hard
6175registers, thus allowing the @code{asm} option in declarations to refer
6176to registers using alternate names.
6177@end defmac
6178
6179@defmac OVERLAPPING_REGISTER_NAMES
6180If defined, a C initializer for an array of structures containing a
6181name, a register number and a count of the number of consecutive
6182machine registers the name overlaps.  This macro defines additional
6183names for hard registers, thus allowing the @code{asm} option in
6184declarations to refer to registers using alternate names.  Unlike
6185@code{ADDITIONAL_REGISTER_NAMES}, this macro should be used when the
6186register name implies multiple underlying registers.
6187
6188This macro should be used when it is important that a clobber in an
6189@code{asm} statement clobbers all the underlying values implied by the
6190register name.  For example, on ARM, clobbering the double-precision
6191VFP register ``d0'' implies clobbering both single-precision registers
6192``s0'' and ``s1''.
6193@end defmac
6194
6195@defmac ASM_OUTPUT_OPCODE (@var{stream}, @var{ptr})
6196Define this macro if you are using an unusual assembler that
6197requires different names for the machine instructions.
6198
6199The definition is a C statement or statements which output an
6200assembler instruction opcode to the stdio stream @var{stream}.  The
6201macro-operand @var{ptr} is a variable of type @code{char *} which
6202points to the opcode name in its ``internal'' form---the form that is
6203written in the machine description.  The definition should output the
6204opcode name to @var{stream}, performing any translation you desire, and
6205increment the variable @var{ptr} to point at the end of the opcode
6206so that it will not be output twice.
6207
6208In fact, your macro definition may process less than the entire opcode
6209name, or more than the opcode name; but if you want to process text
6210that includes @samp{%}-sequences to substitute operands, you must take
6211care of the substitution yourself.  Just be sure to increment
6212@var{ptr} over whatever text should not be output normally.
6213
6214@findex recog_data.operand
6215If you need to look at the operand values, they can be found as the
6216elements of @code{recog_data.operand}.
6217
6218If the macro definition does nothing, the instruction is output
6219in the usual way.
6220@end defmac
6221
6222@defmac FINAL_PRESCAN_INSN (@var{insn}, @var{opvec}, @var{noperands})
6223If defined, a C statement to be executed just prior to the output of
6224assembler code for @var{insn}, to modify the extracted operands so
6225they will be output differently.
6226
6227Here the argument @var{opvec} is the vector containing the operands
6228extracted from @var{insn}, and @var{noperands} is the number of
6229elements of the vector which contain meaningful data for this insn.
6230The contents of this vector are what will be used to convert the insn
6231template into assembler code, so you can change the assembler output
6232by changing the contents of the vector.
6233
6234This macro is useful when various assembler syntaxes share a single
6235file of instruction patterns; by defining this macro differently, you
6236can cause a large class of instructions to be output differently (such
6237as with rearranged operands).  Naturally, variations in assembler
6238syntax affecting individual insn patterns ought to be handled by
6239writing conditional output routines in those patterns.
6240
6241If this macro is not defined, it is equivalent to a null statement.
6242@end defmac
6243
6244@hook TARGET_ASM_FINAL_POSTSCAN_INSN
6245
6246@defmac PRINT_OPERAND (@var{stream}, @var{x}, @var{code})
6247A C compound statement to output to stdio stream @var{stream} the
6248assembler syntax for an instruction operand @var{x}.  @var{x} is an
6249RTL expression.
6250
6251@var{code} is a value that can be used to specify one of several ways
6252of printing the operand.  It is used when identical operands must be
6253printed differently depending on the context.  @var{code} comes from
6254the @samp{%} specification that was used to request printing of the
6255operand.  If the specification was just @samp{%@var{digit}} then
6256@var{code} is 0; if the specification was @samp{%@var{ltr}
6257@var{digit}} then @var{code} is the ASCII code for @var{ltr}.
6258
6259@findex reg_names
6260If @var{x} is a register, this macro should print the register's name.
6261The names can be found in an array @code{reg_names} whose type is
6262@code{char *[]}.  @code{reg_names} is initialized from
6263@code{REGISTER_NAMES}.
6264
6265When the machine description has a specification @samp{%@var{punct}}
6266(a @samp{%} followed by a punctuation character), this macro is called
6267with a null pointer for @var{x} and the punctuation character for
6268@var{code}.
6269@end defmac
6270
6271@defmac PRINT_OPERAND_PUNCT_VALID_P (@var{code})
6272A C expression which evaluates to true if @var{code} is a valid
6273punctuation character for use in the @code{PRINT_OPERAND} macro.  If
6274@code{PRINT_OPERAND_PUNCT_VALID_P} is not defined, it means that no
6275punctuation characters (except for the standard one, @samp{%}) are used
6276in this way.
6277@end defmac
6278
6279@defmac PRINT_OPERAND_ADDRESS (@var{stream}, @var{x})
6280A C compound statement to output to stdio stream @var{stream} the
6281assembler syntax for an instruction operand that is a memory reference
6282whose address is @var{x}.  @var{x} is an RTL expression.
6283
6284@cindex @code{TARGET_ENCODE_SECTION_INFO} usage
6285On some machines, the syntax for a symbolic address depends on the
6286section that the address refers to.  On these machines, define the hook
6287@code{TARGET_ENCODE_SECTION_INFO} to store the information into the
6288@code{symbol_ref}, and then check for it here.  @xref{Assembler
6289Format}.
6290@end defmac
6291
6292@findex dbr_sequence_length
6293@defmac DBR_OUTPUT_SEQEND (@var{file})
6294A C statement, to be executed after all slot-filler instructions have
6295been output.  If necessary, call @code{dbr_sequence_length} to
6296determine the number of slots filled in a sequence (zero if not
6297currently outputting a sequence), to decide how many no-ops to output,
6298or whatever.
6299
6300Don't define this macro if it has nothing to do, but it is helpful in
6301reading assembly output if the extent of the delay sequence is made
6302explicit (e.g.@: with white space).
6303@end defmac
6304
6305@findex final_sequence
6306Note that output routines for instructions with delay slots must be
6307prepared to deal with not being output as part of a sequence
6308(i.e.@: when the scheduling pass is not run, or when no slot fillers could be
6309found.)  The variable @code{final_sequence} is null when not
6310processing a sequence, otherwise it contains the @code{sequence} rtx
6311being output.
6312
6313@findex asm_fprintf
6314@defmac REGISTER_PREFIX
6315@defmacx LOCAL_LABEL_PREFIX
6316@defmacx USER_LABEL_PREFIX
6317@defmacx IMMEDIATE_PREFIX
6318If defined, C string expressions to be used for the @samp{%R}, @samp{%L},
6319@samp{%U}, and @samp{%I} options of @code{asm_fprintf} (see
6320@file{final.c}).  These are useful when a single @file{md} file must
6321support multiple assembler formats.  In that case, the various @file{tm.h}
6322files can define these macros differently.
6323@end defmac
6324
6325@defmac ASM_FPRINTF_EXTENSIONS (@var{file}, @var{argptr}, @var{format})
6326If defined this macro should expand to a series of @code{case}
6327statements which will be parsed inside the @code{switch} statement of
6328the @code{asm_fprintf} function.  This allows targets to define extra
6329printf formats which may useful when generating their assembler
6330statements.  Note that uppercase letters are reserved for future
6331generic extensions to asm_fprintf, and so are not available to target
6332specific code.  The output file is given by the parameter @var{file}.
6333The varargs input pointer is @var{argptr} and the rest of the format
6334string, starting the character after the one that is being switched
6335upon, is pointed to by @var{format}.
6336@end defmac
6337
6338@defmac ASSEMBLER_DIALECT
6339If your target supports multiple dialects of assembler language (such as
6340different opcodes), define this macro as a C expression that gives the
6341numeric index of the assembler language dialect to use, with zero as the
6342first variant.
6343
6344If this macro is defined, you may use constructs of the form
6345@smallexample
6346@samp{@{option0|option1|option2@dots{}@}}
6347@end smallexample
6348@noindent
6349in the output templates of patterns (@pxref{Output Template}) or in the
6350first argument of @code{asm_fprintf}.  This construct outputs
6351@samp{option0}, @samp{option1}, @samp{option2}, etc., if the value of
6352@code{ASSEMBLER_DIALECT} is zero, one, two, etc.  Any special characters
6353within these strings retain their usual meaning.  If there are fewer
6354alternatives within the braces than the value of
6355@code{ASSEMBLER_DIALECT}, the construct outputs nothing. If it's needed
6356to print curly braces or @samp{|} character in assembler output directly,
6357@samp{%@{}, @samp{%@}} and @samp{%|} can be used.
6358
6359If you do not define this macro, the characters @samp{@{}, @samp{|} and
6360@samp{@}} do not have any special meaning when used in templates or
6361operands to @code{asm_fprintf}.
6362
6363Define the macros @code{REGISTER_PREFIX}, @code{LOCAL_LABEL_PREFIX},
6364@code{USER_LABEL_PREFIX} and @code{IMMEDIATE_PREFIX} if you can express
6365the variations in assembler language syntax with that mechanism.  Define
6366@code{ASSEMBLER_DIALECT} and use the @samp{@{option0|option1@}} syntax
6367if the syntax variant are larger and involve such things as different
6368opcodes or operand order.
6369@end defmac
6370
6371@defmac ASM_OUTPUT_REG_PUSH (@var{stream}, @var{regno})
6372A C expression to output to @var{stream} some assembler code
6373which will push hard register number @var{regno} onto the stack.
6374The code need not be optimal, since this macro is used only when
6375profiling.
6376@end defmac
6377
6378@defmac ASM_OUTPUT_REG_POP (@var{stream}, @var{regno})
6379A C expression to output to @var{stream} some assembler code
6380which will pop hard register number @var{regno} off of the stack.
6381The code need not be optimal, since this macro is used only when
6382profiling.
6383@end defmac
6384
6385@node Dispatch Tables
6386@subsection Output of Dispatch Tables
6387
6388@c prevent bad page break with this line
6389This concerns dispatch tables.
6390
6391@cindex dispatch table
6392@defmac ASM_OUTPUT_ADDR_DIFF_ELT (@var{stream}, @var{body}, @var{value}, @var{rel})
6393A C statement to output to the stdio stream @var{stream} an assembler
6394pseudo-instruction to generate a difference between two labels.
6395@var{value} and @var{rel} are the numbers of two internal labels.  The
6396definitions of these labels are output using
6397@code{(*targetm.asm_out.internal_label)}, and they must be printed in the same
6398way here.  For example,
6399
6400@smallexample
6401fprintf (@var{stream}, "\t.word L%d-L%d\n",
6402         @var{value}, @var{rel})
6403@end smallexample
6404
6405You must provide this macro on machines where the addresses in a
6406dispatch table are relative to the table's own address.  If defined, GCC
6407will also use this macro on all machines when producing PIC@.
6408@var{body} is the body of the @code{ADDR_DIFF_VEC}; it is provided so that the
6409mode and flags can be read.
6410@end defmac
6411
6412@defmac ASM_OUTPUT_ADDR_VEC_ELT (@var{stream}, @var{value})
6413This macro should be provided on machines where the addresses
6414in a dispatch table are absolute.
6415
6416The definition should be a C statement to output to the stdio stream
6417@var{stream} an assembler pseudo-instruction to generate a reference to
6418a label.  @var{value} is the number of an internal label whose
6419definition is output using @code{(*targetm.asm_out.internal_label)}.
6420For example,
6421
6422@smallexample
6423fprintf (@var{stream}, "\t.word L%d\n", @var{value})
6424@end smallexample
6425@end defmac
6426
6427@defmac ASM_OUTPUT_CASE_LABEL (@var{stream}, @var{prefix}, @var{num}, @var{table})
6428Define this if the label before a jump-table needs to be output
6429specially.  The first three arguments are the same as for
6430@code{(*targetm.asm_out.internal_label)}; the fourth argument is the
6431jump-table which follows (a @code{jump_table_data} containing an
6432@code{addr_vec} or @code{addr_diff_vec}).
6433
6434This feature is used on system V to output a @code{swbeg} statement
6435for the table.
6436
6437If this macro is not defined, these labels are output with
6438@code{(*targetm.asm_out.internal_label)}.
6439@end defmac
6440
6441@defmac ASM_OUTPUT_CASE_END (@var{stream}, @var{num}, @var{table})
6442Define this if something special must be output at the end of a
6443jump-table.  The definition should be a C statement to be executed
6444after the assembler code for the table is written.  It should write
6445the appropriate code to stdio stream @var{stream}.  The argument
6446@var{table} is the jump-table insn, and @var{num} is the label-number
6447of the preceding label.
6448
6449If this macro is not defined, nothing special is output at the end of
6450the jump-table.
6451@end defmac
6452
6453@hook TARGET_ASM_POST_CFI_STARTPROC
6454
6455@hook TARGET_ASM_EMIT_UNWIND_LABEL
6456
6457@hook TARGET_ASM_EMIT_EXCEPT_TABLE_LABEL
6458
6459@hook TARGET_ASM_EMIT_EXCEPT_PERSONALITY
6460
6461@hook TARGET_ASM_UNWIND_EMIT
6462
6463@hook TARGET_ASM_MAKE_EH_SYMBOL_INDIRECT
6464
6465@hook TARGET_ASM_UNWIND_EMIT_BEFORE_INSN
6466
6467@hook TARGET_ASM_SHOULD_RESTORE_CFA_STATE
6468
6469@node Exception Region Output
6470@subsection Assembler Commands for Exception Regions
6471
6472@c prevent bad page break with this line
6473
6474This describes commands marking the start and the end of an exception
6475region.
6476
6477@defmac EH_FRAME_SECTION_NAME
6478If defined, a C string constant for the name of the section containing
6479exception handling frame unwind information.  If not defined, GCC will
6480provide a default definition if the target supports named sections.
6481@file{crtstuff.c} uses this macro to switch to the appropriate section.
6482
6483You should define this symbol if your target supports DWARF 2 frame
6484unwind information and the default definition does not work.
6485@end defmac
6486
6487@defmac EH_FRAME_THROUGH_COLLECT2
6488If defined, DWARF 2 frame unwind information will identified by
6489specially named labels.  The collect2 process will locate these
6490labels and generate code to register the frames.
6491
6492This might be necessary, for instance, if the system linker will not
6493place the eh_frames in-between the sentinals from @file{crtstuff.c},
6494or if the system linker does garbage collection and sections cannot
6495be marked as not to be collected.
6496@end defmac
6497
6498@defmac EH_TABLES_CAN_BE_READ_ONLY
6499Define this macro to 1 if your target is such that no frame unwind
6500information encoding used with non-PIC code will ever require a
6501runtime relocation, but the linker may not support merging read-only
6502and read-write sections into a single read-write section.
6503@end defmac
6504
6505@defmac MASK_RETURN_ADDR
6506An rtx used to mask the return address found via @code{RETURN_ADDR_RTX}, so
6507that it does not contain any extraneous set bits in it.
6508@end defmac
6509
6510@defmac DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO
6511Define this macro to 0 if your target supports DWARF 2 frame unwind
6512information, but it does not yet work with exception handling.
6513Otherwise, if your target supports this information (if it defines
6514@code{INCOMING_RETURN_ADDR_RTX} and @code{OBJECT_FORMAT_ELF}),
6515GCC will provide a default definition of 1.
6516@end defmac
6517
6518@hook TARGET_EXCEPT_UNWIND_INFO
6519This hook defines the mechanism that will be used for exception handling
6520by the target.  If the target has ABI specified unwind tables, the hook
6521should return @code{UI_TARGET}.  If the target is to use the
6522@code{setjmp}/@code{longjmp}-based exception handling scheme, the hook
6523should return @code{UI_SJLJ}.  If the target supports DWARF 2 frame unwind
6524information, the hook should return @code{UI_DWARF2}.
6525
6526A target may, if exceptions are disabled, choose to return @code{UI_NONE}.
6527This may end up simplifying other parts of target-specific code.  The
6528default implementation of this hook never returns @code{UI_NONE}.
6529
6530Note that the value returned by this hook should be constant.  It should
6531not depend on anything except the command-line switches described by
6532@var{opts}.  In particular, the
6533setting @code{UI_SJLJ} must be fixed at compiler start-up as C pre-processor
6534macros and builtin functions related to exception handling are set up
6535depending on this setting.
6536
6537The default implementation of the hook first honors the
6538@option{--enable-sjlj-exceptions} configure option, then
6539@code{DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO}, and finally defaults to @code{UI_SJLJ}.  If
6540@code{DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO} depends on command-line options, the target
6541must define this hook so that @var{opts} is used correctly.
6542@end deftypefn
6543
6544@hook TARGET_UNWIND_TABLES_DEFAULT
6545This variable should be set to @code{true} if the target ABI requires unwinding
6546tables even when exceptions are not used.  It must not be modified by
6547command-line option processing.
6548@end deftypevr
6549
6550@defmac DONT_USE_BUILTIN_SETJMP
6551Define this macro to 1 if the @code{setjmp}/@code{longjmp}-based scheme
6552should use the @code{setjmp}/@code{longjmp} functions from the C library
6553instead of the @code{__builtin_setjmp}/@code{__builtin_longjmp} machinery.
6554@end defmac
6555
6556@defmac JMP_BUF_SIZE
6557This macro has no effect unless @code{DONT_USE_BUILTIN_SETJMP} is also
6558defined.  Define this macro if the default size of @code{jmp_buf} buffer
6559for the @code{setjmp}/@code{longjmp}-based exception handling mechanism
6560is not large enough, or if it is much too large.
6561The default size is @code{FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER * sizeof(void *)}.
6562@end defmac
6563
6564@defmac DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT
6565This macro need only be defined if the target might save registers in the
6566function prologue at an offset to the stack pointer that is not aligned to
6567@code{UNITS_PER_WORD}.  The definition should be the negative minimum
6568alignment if @code{STACK_GROWS_DOWNWARD} is true, and the positive
6569minimum alignment otherwise.  @xref{DWARF}.  Only applicable if
6570the target supports DWARF 2 frame unwind information.
6571@end defmac
6572
6573@hook TARGET_TERMINATE_DW2_EH_FRAME_INFO
6574
6575@hook TARGET_DWARF_REGISTER_SPAN
6576
6577@hook TARGET_DWARF_FRAME_REG_MODE
6578
6579@hook TARGET_INIT_DWARF_REG_SIZES_EXTRA
6580
6581@hook TARGET_ASM_TTYPE
6582
6583@hook TARGET_ARM_EABI_UNWINDER
6584
6585@node Alignment Output
6586@subsection Assembler Commands for Alignment
6587
6588@c prevent bad page break with this line
6589This describes commands for alignment.
6590
6591@defmac JUMP_ALIGN (@var{label})
6592The alignment (log base 2) to put in front of @var{label}, which is
6593a common destination of jumps and has no fallthru incoming edge.
6594
6595This macro need not be defined if you don't want any special alignment
6596to be done at such a time.  Most machine descriptions do not currently
6597define the macro.
6598
6599Unless it's necessary to inspect the @var{label} parameter, it is better
6600to set the variable @var{align_jumps} in the target's
6601@code{TARGET_OPTION_OVERRIDE}.  Otherwise, you should try to honor the user's
6602selection in @var{align_jumps} in a @code{JUMP_ALIGN} implementation.
6603@end defmac
6604
6605@defmac LABEL_ALIGN_AFTER_BARRIER (@var{label})
6606The alignment (log base 2) to put in front of @var{label}, which follows
6607a @code{BARRIER}.
6608
6609This macro need not be defined if you don't want any special alignment
6610to be done at such a time.  Most machine descriptions do not currently
6611define the macro.
6612@end defmac
6613
6614@defmac LOOP_ALIGN (@var{label})
6615The alignment (log base 2) to put in front of @var{label} that heads
6616a frequently executed basic block (usually the header of a loop).
6617
6618This macro need not be defined if you don't want any special alignment
6619to be done at such a time.  Most machine descriptions do not currently
6620define the macro.
6621
6622Unless it's necessary to inspect the @var{label} parameter, it is better
6623to set the variable @code{align_loops} in the target's
6624@code{TARGET_OPTION_OVERRIDE}.  Otherwise, you should try to honor the user's
6625selection in @code{align_loops} in a @code{LOOP_ALIGN} implementation.
6626@end defmac
6627
6628@defmac LABEL_ALIGN (@var{label})
6629The alignment (log base 2) to put in front of @var{label}.
6630If @code{LABEL_ALIGN_AFTER_BARRIER} / @code{LOOP_ALIGN} specify a different alignment,
6631the maximum of the specified values is used.
6632
6633Unless it's necessary to inspect the @var{label} parameter, it is better
6634to set the variable @code{align_labels} in the target's
6635@code{TARGET_OPTION_OVERRIDE}.  Otherwise, you should try to honor the user's
6636selection in @code{align_labels} in a @code{LABEL_ALIGN} implementation.
6637@end defmac
6638
6639@defmac ASM_OUTPUT_SKIP (@var{stream}, @var{nbytes})
6640A C statement to output to the stdio stream @var{stream} an assembler
6641instruction to advance the location counter by @var{nbytes} bytes.
6642Those bytes should be zero when loaded.  @var{nbytes} will be a C
6643expression of type @code{unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT}.
6644@end defmac
6645
6646@defmac ASM_NO_SKIP_IN_TEXT
6647Define this macro if @code{ASM_OUTPUT_SKIP} should not be used in the
6648text section because it fails to put zeros in the bytes that are skipped.
6649This is true on many Unix systems, where the pseudo--op to skip bytes
6650produces no-op instructions rather than zeros when used in the text
6651section.
6652@end defmac
6653
6654@defmac ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (@var{stream}, @var{power})
6655A C statement to output to the stdio stream @var{stream} an assembler
6656command to advance the location counter to a multiple of 2 to the
6657@var{power} bytes.  @var{power} will be a C expression of type @code{int}.
6658@end defmac
6659
6660@defmac ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN_WITH_NOP (@var{stream}, @var{power})
6661Like @code{ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN}, except that the ``nop'' instruction is used
6662for padding, if necessary.
6663@end defmac
6664
6665@defmac ASM_OUTPUT_MAX_SKIP_ALIGN (@var{stream}, @var{power}, @var{max_skip})
6666A C statement to output to the stdio stream @var{stream} an assembler
6667command to advance the location counter to a multiple of 2 to the
6668@var{power} bytes, but only if @var{max_skip} or fewer bytes are needed to
6669satisfy the alignment request.  @var{power} and @var{max_skip} will be
6670a C expression of type @code{int}.
6671@end defmac
6672
6673@need 3000
6674@node Debugging Info
6675@section Controlling Debugging Information Format
6676
6677@c prevent bad page break with this line
6678This describes how to specify debugging information.
6679
6680@menu
6681* All Debuggers::      Macros that affect all debugging formats uniformly.
6682* DBX Options::        Macros enabling specific options in DBX format.
6683* DBX Hooks::          Hook macros for varying DBX format.
6684* File Names and DBX:: Macros controlling output of file names in DBX format.
6685* DWARF::              Macros for DWARF format.
6686* VMS Debug::          Macros for VMS debug format.
6687@end menu
6688
6689@node All Debuggers
6690@subsection Macros Affecting All Debugging Formats
6691
6692@c prevent bad page break with this line
6693These macros affect all debugging formats.
6694
6695@defmac DBX_REGISTER_NUMBER (@var{regno})
6696A C expression that returns the DBX register number for the compiler
6697register number @var{regno}.  In the default macro provided, the value
6698of this expression will be @var{regno} itself.  But sometimes there are
6699some registers that the compiler knows about and DBX does not, or vice
6700versa.  In such cases, some register may need to have one number in the
6701compiler and another for DBX@.
6702
6703If two registers have consecutive numbers inside GCC, and they can be
6704used as a pair to hold a multiword value, then they @emph{must} have
6705consecutive numbers after renumbering with @code{DBX_REGISTER_NUMBER}.
6706Otherwise, debuggers will be unable to access such a pair, because they
6707expect register pairs to be consecutive in their own numbering scheme.
6708
6709If you find yourself defining @code{DBX_REGISTER_NUMBER} in way that
6710does not preserve register pairs, then what you must do instead is
6711redefine the actual register numbering scheme.
6712@end defmac
6713
6714@defmac DEBUGGER_AUTO_OFFSET (@var{x})
6715A C expression that returns the integer offset value for an automatic
6716variable having address @var{x} (an RTL expression).  The default
6717computation assumes that @var{x} is based on the frame-pointer and
6718gives the offset from the frame-pointer.  This is required for targets
6719that produce debugging output for DBX and allow the frame-pointer to be
6720eliminated when the @option{-g} option is used.
6721@end defmac
6722
6723@defmac DEBUGGER_ARG_OFFSET (@var{offset}, @var{x})
6724A C expression that returns the integer offset value for an argument
6725having address @var{x} (an RTL expression).  The nominal offset is
6726@var{offset}.
6727@end defmac
6728
6729@defmac PREFERRED_DEBUGGING_TYPE
6730A C expression that returns the type of debugging output GCC should
6731produce when the user specifies just @option{-g}.  Define
6732this if you have arranged for GCC to support more than one format of
6733debugging output.  Currently, the allowable values are @code{DBX_DEBUG},
6734@code{DWARF2_DEBUG}, @code{XCOFF_DEBUG}, @code{VMS_DEBUG},
6735and @code{VMS_AND_DWARF2_DEBUG}.
6736
6737When the user specifies @option{-ggdb}, GCC normally also uses the
6738value of this macro to select the debugging output format, but with two
6739exceptions.  If @code{DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO} is defined, GCC uses the
6740value @code{DWARF2_DEBUG}.  Otherwise, if @code{DBX_DEBUGGING_INFO} is
6741defined, GCC uses @code{DBX_DEBUG}.
6742
6743The value of this macro only affects the default debugging output; the
6744user can always get a specific type of output by using @option{-gstabs},
6745@option{-gdwarf-2}, @option{-gxcoff}, or @option{-gvms}.
6746@end defmac
6747
6748@node DBX Options
6749@subsection Specific Options for DBX Output
6750
6751@c prevent bad page break with this line
6752These are specific options for DBX output.
6753
6754@defmac DBX_DEBUGGING_INFO
6755Define this macro if GCC should produce debugging output for DBX
6756in response to the @option{-g} option.
6757@end defmac
6758
6759@defmac XCOFF_DEBUGGING_INFO
6760Define this macro if GCC should produce XCOFF format debugging output
6761in response to the @option{-g} option.  This is a variant of DBX format.
6762@end defmac
6763
6764@defmac DEFAULT_GDB_EXTENSIONS
6765Define this macro to control whether GCC should by default generate
6766GDB's extended version of DBX debugging information (assuming DBX-format
6767debugging information is enabled at all).  If you don't define the
6768macro, the default is 1: always generate the extended information
6769if there is any occasion to.
6770@end defmac
6771
6772@defmac DEBUG_SYMS_TEXT
6773Define this macro if all @code{.stabs} commands should be output while
6774in the text section.
6775@end defmac
6776
6777@defmac ASM_STABS_OP
6778A C string constant, including spacing, naming the assembler pseudo op to
6779use instead of @code{"\t.stabs\t"} to define an ordinary debugging symbol.
6780If you don't define this macro, @code{"\t.stabs\t"} is used.  This macro
6781applies only to DBX debugging information format.
6782@end defmac
6783
6784@defmac ASM_STABD_OP
6785A C string constant, including spacing, naming the assembler pseudo op to
6786use instead of @code{"\t.stabd\t"} to define a debugging symbol whose
6787value is the current location.  If you don't define this macro,
6788@code{"\t.stabd\t"} is used.  This macro applies only to DBX debugging
6789information format.
6790@end defmac
6791
6792@defmac ASM_STABN_OP
6793A C string constant, including spacing, naming the assembler pseudo op to
6794use instead of @code{"\t.stabn\t"} to define a debugging symbol with no
6795name.  If you don't define this macro, @code{"\t.stabn\t"} is used.  This
6796macro applies only to DBX debugging information format.
6797@end defmac
6798
6799@defmac DBX_NO_XREFS
6800Define this macro if DBX on your system does not support the construct
6801@samp{xs@var{tagname}}.  On some systems, this construct is used to
6802describe a forward reference to a structure named @var{tagname}.
6803On other systems, this construct is not supported at all.
6804@end defmac
6805
6806@defmac DBX_CONTIN_LENGTH
6807A symbol name in DBX-format debugging information is normally
6808continued (split into two separate @code{.stabs} directives) when it
6809exceeds a certain length (by default, 80 characters).  On some
6810operating systems, DBX requires this splitting; on others, splitting
6811must not be done.  You can inhibit splitting by defining this macro
6812with the value zero.  You can override the default splitting-length by
6813defining this macro as an expression for the length you desire.
6814@end defmac
6815
6816@defmac DBX_CONTIN_CHAR
6817Normally continuation is indicated by adding a @samp{\} character to
6818the end of a @code{.stabs} string when a continuation follows.  To use
6819a different character instead, define this macro as a character
6820constant for the character you want to use.  Do not define this macro
6821if backslash is correct for your system.
6822@end defmac
6823
6824@defmac DBX_STATIC_STAB_DATA_SECTION
6825Define this macro if it is necessary to go to the data section before
6826outputting the @samp{.stabs} pseudo-op for a non-global static
6827variable.
6828@end defmac
6829
6830@defmac DBX_TYPE_DECL_STABS_CODE
6831The value to use in the ``code'' field of the @code{.stabs} directive
6832for a typedef.  The default is @code{N_LSYM}.
6833@end defmac
6834
6835@defmac DBX_STATIC_CONST_VAR_CODE
6836The value to use in the ``code'' field of the @code{.stabs} directive
6837for a static variable located in the text section.  DBX format does not
6838provide any ``right'' way to do this.  The default is @code{N_FUN}.
6839@end defmac
6840
6841@defmac DBX_REGPARM_STABS_CODE
6842The value to use in the ``code'' field of the @code{.stabs} directive
6843for a parameter passed in registers.  DBX format does not provide any
6844``right'' way to do this.  The default is @code{N_RSYM}.
6845@end defmac
6846
6847@defmac DBX_REGPARM_STABS_LETTER
6848The letter to use in DBX symbol data to identify a symbol as a parameter
6849passed in registers.  DBX format does not customarily provide any way to
6850do this.  The default is @code{'P'}.
6851@end defmac
6852
6853@defmac DBX_FUNCTION_FIRST
6854Define this macro if the DBX information for a function and its
6855arguments should precede the assembler code for the function.  Normally,
6856in DBX format, the debugging information entirely follows the assembler
6857code.
6858@end defmac
6859
6860@defmac DBX_BLOCKS_FUNCTION_RELATIVE
6861Define this macro, with value 1, if the value of a symbol describing
6862the scope of a block (@code{N_LBRAC} or @code{N_RBRAC}) should be
6863relative to the start of the enclosing function.  Normally, GCC uses
6864an absolute address.
6865@end defmac
6866
6867@defmac DBX_LINES_FUNCTION_RELATIVE
6868Define this macro, with value 1, if the value of a symbol indicating
6869the current line number (@code{N_SLINE}) should be relative to the
6870start of the enclosing function.  Normally, GCC uses an absolute address.
6871@end defmac
6872
6873@defmac DBX_USE_BINCL
6874Define this macro if GCC should generate @code{N_BINCL} and
6875@code{N_EINCL} stabs for included header files, as on Sun systems.  This
6876macro also directs GCC to output a type number as a pair of a file
6877number and a type number within the file.  Normally, GCC does not
6878generate @code{N_BINCL} or @code{N_EINCL} stabs, and it outputs a single
6879number for a type number.
6880@end defmac
6881
6882@node DBX Hooks
6883@subsection Open-Ended Hooks for DBX Format
6884
6885@c prevent bad page break with this line
6886These are hooks for DBX format.
6887
6888@defmac DBX_OUTPUT_SOURCE_LINE (@var{stream}, @var{line}, @var{counter})
6889A C statement to output DBX debugging information before code for line
6890number @var{line} of the current source file to the stdio stream
6891@var{stream}.  @var{counter} is the number of time the macro was
6892invoked, including the current invocation; it is intended to generate
6893unique labels in the assembly output.
6894
6895This macro should not be defined if the default output is correct, or
6896if it can be made correct by defining @code{DBX_LINES_FUNCTION_RELATIVE}.
6897@end defmac
6898
6899@defmac NO_DBX_FUNCTION_END
6900Some stabs encapsulation formats (in particular ECOFF), cannot handle the
6901@code{.stabs "",N_FUN,,0,0,Lscope-function-1} gdb dbx extension construct.
6902On those machines, define this macro to turn this feature off without
6903disturbing the rest of the gdb extensions.
6904@end defmac
6905
6906@defmac NO_DBX_BNSYM_ENSYM
6907Some assemblers cannot handle the @code{.stabd BNSYM/ENSYM,0,0} gdb dbx
6908extension construct.  On those machines, define this macro to turn this
6909feature off without disturbing the rest of the gdb extensions.
6910@end defmac
6911
6912@node File Names and DBX
6913@subsection File Names in DBX Format
6914
6915@c prevent bad page break with this line
6916This describes file names in DBX format.
6917
6918@defmac DBX_OUTPUT_MAIN_SOURCE_FILENAME (@var{stream}, @var{name})
6919A C statement to output DBX debugging information to the stdio stream
6920@var{stream}, which indicates that file @var{name} is the main source
6921file---the file specified as the input file for compilation.
6922This macro is called only once, at the beginning of compilation.
6923
6924This macro need not be defined if the standard form of output
6925for DBX debugging information is appropriate.
6926
6927It may be necessary to refer to a label equal to the beginning of the
6928text section.  You can use @samp{assemble_name (stream, ltext_label_name)}
6929to do so.  If you do this, you must also set the variable
6930@var{used_ltext_label_name} to @code{true}.
6931@end defmac
6932
6933@defmac NO_DBX_MAIN_SOURCE_DIRECTORY
6934Define this macro, with value 1, if GCC should not emit an indication
6935of the current directory for compilation and current source language at
6936the beginning of the file.
6937@end defmac
6938
6939@defmac NO_DBX_GCC_MARKER
6940Define this macro, with value 1, if GCC should not emit an indication
6941that this object file was compiled by GCC@.  The default is to emit
6942an @code{N_OPT} stab at the beginning of every source file, with
6943@samp{gcc2_compiled.} for the string and value 0.
6944@end defmac
6945
6946@defmac DBX_OUTPUT_MAIN_SOURCE_FILE_END (@var{stream}, @var{name})
6947A C statement to output DBX debugging information at the end of
6948compilation of the main source file @var{name}.  Output should be
6949written to the stdio stream @var{stream}.
6950
6951If you don't define this macro, nothing special is output at the end
6952of compilation, which is correct for most machines.
6953@end defmac
6954
6955@defmac DBX_OUTPUT_NULL_N_SO_AT_MAIN_SOURCE_FILE_END
6956Define this macro @emph{instead of} defining
6957@code{DBX_OUTPUT_MAIN_SOURCE_FILE_END}, if what needs to be output at
6958the end of compilation is an @code{N_SO} stab with an empty string,
6959whose value is the highest absolute text address in the file.
6960@end defmac
6961
6962@need 2000
6963@node DWARF
6964@subsection Macros for DWARF Output
6965
6966@c prevent bad page break with this line
6967Here are macros for DWARF output.
6968
6969@defmac DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
6970Define this macro if GCC should produce dwarf version 2 format
6971debugging output in response to the @option{-g} option.
6972
6973@hook TARGET_DWARF_CALLING_CONVENTION
6974
6975To support optional call frame debugging information, you must also
6976define @code{INCOMING_RETURN_ADDR_RTX} and either set
6977@code{RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P} on the prologue insns if you use RTL for the
6978prologue, or call @code{dwarf2out_def_cfa} and @code{dwarf2out_reg_save}
6979as appropriate from @code{TARGET_ASM_FUNCTION_PROLOGUE} if you don't.
6980@end defmac
6981
6982@defmac DWARF2_FRAME_INFO
6983Define this macro to a nonzero value if GCC should always output
6984Dwarf 2 frame information.  If @code{TARGET_EXCEPT_UNWIND_INFO}
6985(@pxref{Exception Region Output}) returns @code{UI_DWARF2}, and
6986exceptions are enabled, GCC will output this information not matter
6987how you define @code{DWARF2_FRAME_INFO}.
6988@end defmac
6989
6990@hook TARGET_DEBUG_UNWIND_INFO
6991
6992@defmac DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO
6993Define this macro to be a nonzero value if the assembler can generate Dwarf 2
6994line debug info sections.  This will result in much more compact line number
6995tables, and hence is desirable if it works.
6996@end defmac
6997
6998@defmac DWARF2_ASM_VIEW_DEBUG_INFO
6999Define this macro to be a nonzero value if the assembler supports view
7000assignment and verification in @code{.loc}.  If it does not, but the
7001user enables location views, the compiler may have to fallback to
7002internal line number tables.
7003@end defmac
7004
7005@hook TARGET_RESET_LOCATION_VIEW
7006
7007@hook TARGET_WANT_DEBUG_PUB_SECTIONS
7008
7009@hook TARGET_DELAY_SCHED2
7010
7011@hook TARGET_DELAY_VARTRACK
7012
7013@hook TARGET_NO_REGISTER_ALLOCATION
7014
7015@defmac ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_DELTA (@var{stream}, @var{size}, @var{label1}, @var{label2})
7016A C statement to issue assembly directives that create a difference
7017@var{lab1} minus @var{lab2}, using an integer of the given @var{size}.
7018@end defmac
7019
7020@defmac ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_VMS_DELTA (@var{stream}, @var{size}, @var{label1}, @var{label2})
7021A C statement to issue assembly directives that create a difference
7022between the two given labels in system defined units, e.g.@: instruction
7023slots on IA64 VMS, using an integer of the given size.
7024@end defmac
7025
7026@defmac ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_OFFSET (@var{stream}, @var{size}, @var{label}, @var{offset}, @var{section})
7027A C statement to issue assembly directives that create a
7028section-relative reference to the given @var{label} plus @var{offset}, using
7029an integer of the given @var{size}.  The label is known to be defined in the
7030given @var{section}.
7031@end defmac
7032
7033@defmac ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_PCREL (@var{stream}, @var{size}, @var{label})
7034A C statement to issue assembly directives that create a self-relative
7035reference to the given @var{label}, using an integer of the given @var{size}.
7036@end defmac
7037
7038@defmac ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_DATAREL (@var{stream}, @var{size}, @var{label})
7039A C statement to issue assembly directives that create a reference to the
7040given @var{label} relative to the dbase, using an integer of the given @var{size}.
7041@end defmac
7042
7043@defmac ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_TABLE_REF (@var{label})
7044A C statement to issue assembly directives that create a reference to
7045the DWARF table identifier @var{label} from the current section.  This
7046is used on some systems to avoid garbage collecting a DWARF table which
7047is referenced by a function.
7048@end defmac
7049
7050@hook TARGET_ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_DTPREL
7051
7052@need 2000
7053@node VMS Debug
7054@subsection Macros for VMS Debug Format
7055
7056@c prevent bad page break with this line
7057Here are macros for VMS debug format.
7058
7059@defmac VMS_DEBUGGING_INFO
7060Define this macro if GCC should produce debugging output for VMS
7061in response to the @option{-g} option.  The default behavior for VMS
7062is to generate minimal debug info for a traceback in the absence of
7063@option{-g} unless explicitly overridden with @option{-g0}.  This
7064behavior is controlled by @code{TARGET_OPTION_OPTIMIZATION} and
7065@code{TARGET_OPTION_OVERRIDE}.
7066@end defmac
7067
7068@node Floating Point
7069@section Cross Compilation and Floating Point
7070@cindex cross compilation and floating point
7071@cindex floating point and cross compilation
7072
7073While all modern machines use twos-complement representation for integers,
7074there are a variety of representations for floating point numbers.  This
7075means that in a cross-compiler the representation of floating point numbers
7076in the compiled program may be different from that used in the machine
7077doing the compilation.
7078
7079Because different representation systems may offer different amounts of
7080range and precision, all floating point constants must be represented in
7081the target machine's format.  Therefore, the cross compiler cannot
7082safely use the host machine's floating point arithmetic; it must emulate
7083the target's arithmetic.  To ensure consistency, GCC always uses
7084emulation to work with floating point values, even when the host and
7085target floating point formats are identical.
7086
7087The following macros are provided by @file{real.h} for the compiler to
7088use.  All parts of the compiler which generate or optimize
7089floating-point calculations must use these macros.  They may evaluate
7090their operands more than once, so operands must not have side effects.
7091
7092@defmac REAL_VALUE_TYPE
7093The C data type to be used to hold a floating point value in the target
7094machine's format.  Typically this is a @code{struct} containing an
7095array of @code{HOST_WIDE_INT}, but all code should treat it as an opaque
7096quantity.
7097@end defmac
7098
7099@deftypefn Macro HOST_WIDE_INT REAL_VALUE_FIX (REAL_VALUE_TYPE @var{x})
7100Truncates @var{x} to a signed integer, rounding toward zero.
7101@end deftypefn
7102
7103@deftypefn Macro {unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT} REAL_VALUE_UNSIGNED_FIX (REAL_VALUE_TYPE @var{x})
7104Truncates @var{x} to an unsigned integer, rounding toward zero.  If
7105@var{x} is negative, returns zero.
7106@end deftypefn
7107
7108@deftypefn Macro REAL_VALUE_TYPE REAL_VALUE_ATOF (const char *@var{string}, machine_mode @var{mode})
7109Converts @var{string} into a floating point number in the target machine's
7110representation for mode @var{mode}.  This routine can handle both
7111decimal and hexadecimal floating point constants, using the syntax
7112defined by the C language for both.
7113@end deftypefn
7114
7115@deftypefn Macro int REAL_VALUE_NEGATIVE (REAL_VALUE_TYPE @var{x})
7116Returns 1 if @var{x} is negative (including negative zero), 0 otherwise.
7117@end deftypefn
7118
7119@deftypefn Macro int REAL_VALUE_ISINF (REAL_VALUE_TYPE @var{x})
7120Determines whether @var{x} represents infinity (positive or negative).
7121@end deftypefn
7122
7123@deftypefn Macro int REAL_VALUE_ISNAN (REAL_VALUE_TYPE @var{x})
7124Determines whether @var{x} represents a ``NaN'' (not-a-number).
7125@end deftypefn
7126
7127@deftypefn Macro REAL_VALUE_TYPE REAL_VALUE_NEGATE (REAL_VALUE_TYPE @var{x})
7128Returns the negative of the floating point value @var{x}.
7129@end deftypefn
7130
7131@deftypefn Macro REAL_VALUE_TYPE REAL_VALUE_ABS (REAL_VALUE_TYPE @var{x})
7132Returns the absolute value of @var{x}.
7133@end deftypefn
7134
7135@node Mode Switching
7136@section Mode Switching Instructions
7137@cindex mode switching
7138The following macros control mode switching optimizations:
7139
7140@defmac OPTIMIZE_MODE_SWITCHING (@var{entity})
7141Define this macro if the port needs extra instructions inserted for mode
7142switching in an optimizing compilation.
7143
7144For an example, the SH4 can perform both single and double precision
7145floating point operations, but to perform a single precision operation,
7146the FPSCR PR bit has to be cleared, while for a double precision
7147operation, this bit has to be set.  Changing the PR bit requires a general
7148purpose register as a scratch register, hence these FPSCR sets have to
7149be inserted before reload, i.e.@: you cannot put this into instruction emitting
7150or @code{TARGET_MACHINE_DEPENDENT_REORG}.
7151
7152You can have multiple entities that are mode-switched, and select at run time
7153which entities actually need it.  @code{OPTIMIZE_MODE_SWITCHING} should
7154return nonzero for any @var{entity} that needs mode-switching.
7155If you define this macro, you also have to define
7156@code{NUM_MODES_FOR_MODE_SWITCHING}, @code{TARGET_MODE_NEEDED},
7157@code{TARGET_MODE_PRIORITY} and @code{TARGET_MODE_EMIT}.
7158@code{TARGET_MODE_AFTER}, @code{TARGET_MODE_ENTRY}, and @code{TARGET_MODE_EXIT}
7159are optional.
7160@end defmac
7161
7162@defmac NUM_MODES_FOR_MODE_SWITCHING
7163If you define @code{OPTIMIZE_MODE_SWITCHING}, you have to define this as
7164initializer for an array of integers.  Each initializer element
7165N refers to an entity that needs mode switching, and specifies the number
7166of different modes that might need to be set for this entity.
7167The position of the initializer in the initializer---starting counting at
7168zero---determines the integer that is used to refer to the mode-switched
7169entity in question.
7170In macros that take mode arguments / yield a mode result, modes are
7171represented as numbers 0 @dots{} N @minus{} 1.  N is used to specify that no mode
7172switch is needed / supplied.
7173@end defmac
7174
7175@hook TARGET_MODE_EMIT
7176
7177@hook TARGET_MODE_NEEDED
7178
7179@hook TARGET_MODE_AFTER
7180
7181@hook TARGET_MODE_ENTRY
7182
7183@hook TARGET_MODE_EXIT
7184
7185@hook TARGET_MODE_PRIORITY
7186
7187@node Target Attributes
7188@section Defining target-specific uses of @code{__attribute__}
7189@cindex target attributes
7190@cindex machine attributes
7191@cindex attributes, target-specific
7192
7193Target-specific attributes may be defined for functions, data and types.
7194These are described using the following target hooks; they also need to
7195be documented in @file{extend.texi}.
7196
7197@hook TARGET_ATTRIBUTE_TABLE
7198
7199@hook TARGET_ATTRIBUTE_TAKES_IDENTIFIER_P
7200
7201@hook TARGET_COMP_TYPE_ATTRIBUTES
7202
7203@hook TARGET_SET_DEFAULT_TYPE_ATTRIBUTES
7204
7205@hook TARGET_MERGE_TYPE_ATTRIBUTES
7206
7207@hook TARGET_MERGE_DECL_ATTRIBUTES
7208
7209@hook TARGET_VALID_DLLIMPORT_ATTRIBUTE_P
7210
7211@defmac TARGET_DECLSPEC
7212Define this macro to a nonzero value if you want to treat
7213@code{__declspec(X)} as equivalent to @code{__attribute((X))}.  By
7214default, this behavior is enabled only for targets that define
7215@code{TARGET_DLLIMPORT_DECL_ATTRIBUTES}.  The current implementation
7216of @code{__declspec} is via a built-in macro, but you should not rely
7217on this implementation detail.
7218@end defmac
7219
7220@hook TARGET_INSERT_ATTRIBUTES
7221
7222@hook TARGET_HANDLE_GENERIC_ATTRIBUTE
7223
7224@hook TARGET_FUNCTION_ATTRIBUTE_INLINABLE_P
7225
7226@hook TARGET_OPTION_VALID_ATTRIBUTE_P
7227
7228@hook TARGET_OPTION_SAVE
7229
7230@hook TARGET_OPTION_RESTORE
7231
7232@hook TARGET_OPTION_POST_STREAM_IN
7233
7234@hook TARGET_OPTION_PRINT
7235
7236@hook TARGET_OPTION_PRAGMA_PARSE
7237
7238@hook TARGET_OPTION_OVERRIDE
7239
7240@hook TARGET_OPTION_FUNCTION_VERSIONS
7241
7242@hook TARGET_CAN_INLINE_P
7243
7244@hook TARGET_RELAYOUT_FUNCTION
7245
7246@node Emulated TLS
7247@section Emulating TLS
7248@cindex Emulated TLS
7249
7250For targets whose psABI does not provide Thread Local Storage via
7251specific relocations and instruction sequences, an emulation layer is
7252used.  A set of target hooks allows this emulation layer to be
7253configured for the requirements of a particular target.  For instance
7254the psABI may in fact specify TLS support in terms of an emulation
7255layer.
7256
7257The emulation layer works by creating a control object for every TLS
7258object.  To access the TLS object, a lookup function is provided
7259which, when given the address of the control object, will return the
7260address of the current thread's instance of the TLS object.
7261
7262@hook TARGET_EMUTLS_GET_ADDRESS
7263
7264@hook TARGET_EMUTLS_REGISTER_COMMON
7265
7266@hook TARGET_EMUTLS_VAR_SECTION
7267
7268@hook TARGET_EMUTLS_TMPL_SECTION
7269
7270@hook TARGET_EMUTLS_VAR_PREFIX
7271
7272@hook TARGET_EMUTLS_TMPL_PREFIX
7273
7274@hook TARGET_EMUTLS_VAR_FIELDS
7275
7276@hook TARGET_EMUTLS_VAR_INIT
7277
7278@hook TARGET_EMUTLS_VAR_ALIGN_FIXED
7279
7280@hook TARGET_EMUTLS_DEBUG_FORM_TLS_ADDRESS
7281
7282@node MIPS Coprocessors
7283@section Defining coprocessor specifics for MIPS targets.
7284@cindex MIPS coprocessor-definition macros
7285
7286The MIPS specification allows MIPS implementations to have as many as 4
7287coprocessors, each with as many as 32 private registers.  GCC supports
7288accessing these registers and transferring values between the registers
7289and memory using asm-ized variables.  For example:
7290
7291@smallexample
7292  register unsigned int cp0count asm ("c0r1");
7293  unsigned int d;
7294
7295  d = cp0count + 3;
7296@end smallexample
7297
7298(``c0r1'' is the default name of register 1 in coprocessor 0; alternate
7299names may be added as described below, or the default names may be
7300overridden entirely in @code{SUBTARGET_CONDITIONAL_REGISTER_USAGE}.)
7301
7302Coprocessor registers are assumed to be epilogue-used; sets to them will
7303be preserved even if it does not appear that the register is used again
7304later in the function.
7305
7306Another note: according to the MIPS spec, coprocessor 1 (if present) is
7307the FPU@.  One accesses COP1 registers through standard mips
7308floating-point support; they are not included in this mechanism.
7309
7310@node PCH Target
7311@section Parameters for Precompiled Header Validity Checking
7312@cindex parameters, precompiled headers
7313
7314@hook TARGET_GET_PCH_VALIDITY
7315
7316@hook TARGET_PCH_VALID_P
7317
7318@hook TARGET_CHECK_PCH_TARGET_FLAGS
7319
7320@hook TARGET_PREPARE_PCH_SAVE
7321
7322@node C++ ABI
7323@section C++ ABI parameters
7324@cindex parameters, c++ abi
7325
7326@hook TARGET_CXX_GUARD_TYPE
7327
7328@hook TARGET_CXX_GUARD_MASK_BIT
7329
7330@hook TARGET_CXX_GET_COOKIE_SIZE
7331
7332@hook TARGET_CXX_COOKIE_HAS_SIZE
7333
7334@hook TARGET_CXX_IMPORT_EXPORT_CLASS
7335
7336@hook TARGET_CXX_CDTOR_RETURNS_THIS
7337
7338@hook TARGET_CXX_KEY_METHOD_MAY_BE_INLINE
7339
7340@hook TARGET_CXX_DETERMINE_CLASS_DATA_VISIBILITY
7341
7342@hook TARGET_CXX_CLASS_DATA_ALWAYS_COMDAT
7343
7344@hook TARGET_CXX_LIBRARY_RTTI_COMDAT
7345
7346@hook TARGET_CXX_USE_AEABI_ATEXIT
7347
7348@hook TARGET_CXX_USE_ATEXIT_FOR_CXA_ATEXIT
7349
7350@hook TARGET_CXX_ADJUST_CLASS_AT_DEFINITION
7351
7352@hook TARGET_CXX_DECL_MANGLING_CONTEXT
7353
7354@node D Language and ABI
7355@section D ABI parameters
7356@cindex parameters, d abi
7357
7358@hook TARGET_D_CPU_VERSIONS
7359
7360@hook TARGET_D_OS_VERSIONS
7361
7362@hook TARGET_D_REGISTER_CPU_TARGET_INFO
7363
7364@hook TARGET_D_REGISTER_OS_TARGET_INFO
7365
7366@hook TARGET_D_MINFO_SECTION
7367
7368@hook TARGET_D_MINFO_START_NAME
7369
7370@hook TARGET_D_MINFO_END_NAME
7371
7372@hook TARGET_D_HAS_STDCALL_CONVENTION
7373
7374@hook TARGET_D_TEMPLATES_ALWAYS_COMDAT
7375
7376@node Named Address Spaces
7377@section Adding support for named address spaces
7378@cindex named address spaces
7379
7380The draft technical report of the ISO/IEC JTC1 S22 WG14 N1275
7381standards committee, @cite{Programming Languages - C - Extensions to
7382support embedded processors}, specifies a syntax for embedded
7383processors to specify alternate address spaces.  You can configure a
7384GCC port to support section 5.1 of the draft report to add support for
7385address spaces other than the default address space.  These address
7386spaces are new keywords that are similar to the @code{volatile} and
7387@code{const} type attributes.
7388
7389Pointers to named address spaces can have a different size than
7390pointers to the generic address space.
7391
7392For example, the SPU port uses the @code{__ea} address space to refer
7393to memory in the host processor, rather than memory local to the SPU
7394processor.  Access to memory in the @code{__ea} address space involves
7395issuing DMA operations to move data between the host processor and the
7396local processor memory address space.  Pointers in the @code{__ea}
7397address space are either 32 bits or 64 bits based on the
7398@option{-mea32} or @option{-mea64} switches (native SPU pointers are
7399always 32 bits).
7400
7401Internally, address spaces are represented as a small integer in the
7402range 0 to 15 with address space 0 being reserved for the generic
7403address space.
7404
7405To register a named address space qualifier keyword with the C front end,
7406the target may call the @code{c_register_addr_space} routine.  For example,
7407the SPU port uses the following to declare @code{__ea} as the keyword for
7408named address space #1:
7409@smallexample
7410#define ADDR_SPACE_EA 1
7411c_register_addr_space ("__ea", ADDR_SPACE_EA);
7412@end smallexample
7413
7414@hook TARGET_ADDR_SPACE_POINTER_MODE
7415
7416@hook TARGET_ADDR_SPACE_ADDRESS_MODE
7417
7418@hook TARGET_ADDR_SPACE_VALID_POINTER_MODE
7419
7420@hook TARGET_ADDR_SPACE_LEGITIMATE_ADDRESS_P
7421
7422@hook TARGET_ADDR_SPACE_LEGITIMIZE_ADDRESS
7423
7424@hook TARGET_ADDR_SPACE_SUBSET_P
7425
7426@hook TARGET_ADDR_SPACE_ZERO_ADDRESS_VALID
7427
7428@hook TARGET_ADDR_SPACE_CONVERT
7429
7430@hook TARGET_ADDR_SPACE_DEBUG
7431
7432@hook TARGET_ADDR_SPACE_DIAGNOSE_USAGE
7433
7434@node Misc
7435@section Miscellaneous Parameters
7436@cindex parameters, miscellaneous
7437
7438@c prevent bad page break with this line
7439Here are several miscellaneous parameters.
7440
7441@defmac HAS_LONG_COND_BRANCH
7442Define this boolean macro to indicate whether or not your architecture
7443has conditional branches that can span all of memory.  It is used in
7444conjunction with an optimization that partitions hot and cold basic
7445blocks into separate sections of the executable.  If this macro is
7446set to false, gcc will convert any conditional branches that attempt
7447to cross between sections into unconditional branches or indirect jumps.
7448@end defmac
7449
7450@defmac HAS_LONG_UNCOND_BRANCH
7451Define this boolean macro to indicate whether or not your architecture
7452has unconditional branches that can span all of memory.  It is used in
7453conjunction with an optimization that partitions hot and cold basic
7454blocks into separate sections of the executable.  If this macro is
7455set to false, gcc will convert any unconditional branches that attempt
7456to cross between sections into indirect jumps.
7457@end defmac
7458
7459@defmac CASE_VECTOR_MODE
7460An alias for a machine mode name.  This is the machine mode that
7461elements of a jump-table should have.
7462@end defmac
7463
7464@defmac CASE_VECTOR_SHORTEN_MODE (@var{min_offset}, @var{max_offset}, @var{body})
7465Optional: return the preferred mode for an @code{addr_diff_vec}
7466when the minimum and maximum offset are known.  If you define this,
7467it enables extra code in branch shortening to deal with @code{addr_diff_vec}.
7468To make this work, you also have to define @code{INSN_ALIGN} and
7469make the alignment for @code{addr_diff_vec} explicit.
7470The @var{body} argument is provided so that the offset_unsigned and scale
7471flags can be updated.
7472@end defmac
7473
7474@defmac CASE_VECTOR_PC_RELATIVE
7475Define this macro to be a C expression to indicate when jump-tables
7476should contain relative addresses.  You need not define this macro if
7477jump-tables never contain relative addresses, or jump-tables should
7478contain relative addresses only when @option{-fPIC} or @option{-fPIC}
7479is in effect.
7480@end defmac
7481
7482@hook TARGET_CASE_VALUES_THRESHOLD
7483
7484@defmac WORD_REGISTER_OPERATIONS
7485Define this macro to 1 if operations between registers with integral mode
7486smaller than a word are always performed on the entire register.  To be
7487more explicit, if you start with a pair of @code{word_mode} registers with
7488known values and you do a subword, for example @code{QImode}, addition on
7489the low part of the registers, then the compiler may consider that the
7490result has a known value in @code{word_mode} too if the macro is defined
7491to 1.  Most RISC machines have this property and most CISC machines do not.
7492@end defmac
7493
7494@hook TARGET_MIN_ARITHMETIC_PRECISION
7495
7496@defmac LOAD_EXTEND_OP (@var{mem_mode})
7497Define this macro to be a C expression indicating when insns that read
7498memory in @var{mem_mode}, an integral mode narrower than a word, set the
7499bits outside of @var{mem_mode} to be either the sign-extension or the
7500zero-extension of the data read.  Return @code{SIGN_EXTEND} for values
7501of @var{mem_mode} for which the
7502insn sign-extends, @code{ZERO_EXTEND} for which it zero-extends, and
7503@code{UNKNOWN} for other modes.
7504
7505This macro is not called with @var{mem_mode} non-integral or with a width
7506greater than or equal to @code{BITS_PER_WORD}, so you may return any
7507value in this case.  Do not define this macro if it would always return
7508@code{UNKNOWN}.  On machines where this macro is defined, you will normally
7509define it as the constant @code{SIGN_EXTEND} or @code{ZERO_EXTEND}.
7510
7511You may return a non-@code{UNKNOWN} value even if for some hard registers
7512the sign extension is not performed, if for the @code{REGNO_REG_CLASS}
7513of these hard registers @code{TARGET_CAN_CHANGE_MODE_CLASS} returns false
7514when the @var{from} mode is @var{mem_mode} and the @var{to} mode is any
7515integral mode larger than this but not larger than @code{word_mode}.
7516
7517You must return @code{UNKNOWN} if for some hard registers that allow this
7518mode, @code{TARGET_CAN_CHANGE_MODE_CLASS} says that they cannot change to
7519@code{word_mode}, but that they can change to another integral mode that
7520is larger then @var{mem_mode} but still smaller than @code{word_mode}.
7521@end defmac
7522
7523@defmac SHORT_IMMEDIATES_SIGN_EXTEND
7524Define this macro to 1 if loading short immediate values into registers sign
7525extends.
7526@end defmac
7527
7528@hook TARGET_MIN_DIVISIONS_FOR_RECIP_MUL
7529
7530@defmac MOVE_MAX
7531The maximum number of bytes that a single instruction can move quickly
7532between memory and registers or between two memory locations.
7533@end defmac
7534
7535@defmac MAX_MOVE_MAX
7536The maximum number of bytes that a single instruction can move quickly
7537between memory and registers or between two memory locations.  If this
7538is undefined, the default is @code{MOVE_MAX}.  Otherwise, it is the
7539constant value that is the largest value that @code{MOVE_MAX} can have
7540at run-time.
7541@end defmac
7542
7543@defmac SHIFT_COUNT_TRUNCATED
7544A C expression that is nonzero if on this machine the number of bits
7545actually used for the count of a shift operation is equal to the number
7546of bits needed to represent the size of the object being shifted.  When
7547this macro is nonzero, the compiler will assume that it is safe to omit
7548a sign-extend, zero-extend, and certain bitwise `and' instructions that
7549truncates the count of a shift operation.  On machines that have
7550instructions that act on bit-fields at variable positions, which may
7551include `bit test' instructions, a nonzero @code{SHIFT_COUNT_TRUNCATED}
7552also enables deletion of truncations of the values that serve as
7553arguments to bit-field instructions.
7554
7555If both types of instructions truncate the count (for shifts) and
7556position (for bit-field operations), or if no variable-position bit-field
7557instructions exist, you should define this macro.
7558
7559However, on some machines, such as the 80386 and the 680x0, truncation
7560only applies to shift operations and not the (real or pretended)
7561bit-field operations.  Define @code{SHIFT_COUNT_TRUNCATED} to be zero on
7562such machines.  Instead, add patterns to the @file{md} file that include
7563the implied truncation of the shift instructions.
7564
7565You need not define this macro if it would always have the value of zero.
7566@end defmac
7567
7568@anchor{TARGET_SHIFT_TRUNCATION_MASK}
7569@hook TARGET_SHIFT_TRUNCATION_MASK
7570
7571@hook TARGET_TRULY_NOOP_TRUNCATION
7572
7573@hook TARGET_MODE_REP_EXTENDED
7574
7575@hook TARGET_SETJMP_PRESERVES_NONVOLATILE_REGS_P
7576
7577@defmac STORE_FLAG_VALUE
7578A C expression describing the value returned by a comparison operator
7579with an integral mode and stored by a store-flag instruction
7580(@samp{cstore@var{mode}4}) when the condition is true.  This description must
7581apply to @emph{all} the @samp{cstore@var{mode}4} patterns and all the
7582comparison operators whose results have a @code{MODE_INT} mode.
7583
7584A value of 1 or @minus{}1 means that the instruction implementing the
7585comparison operator returns exactly 1 or @minus{}1 when the comparison is true
7586and 0 when the comparison is false.  Otherwise, the value indicates
7587which bits of the result are guaranteed to be 1 when the comparison is
7588true.  This value is interpreted in the mode of the comparison
7589operation, which is given by the mode of the first operand in the
7590@samp{cstore@var{mode}4} pattern.  Either the low bit or the sign bit of
7591@code{STORE_FLAG_VALUE} be on.  Presently, only those bits are used by
7592the compiler.
7593
7594If @code{STORE_FLAG_VALUE} is neither 1 or @minus{}1, the compiler will
7595generate code that depends only on the specified bits.  It can also
7596replace comparison operators with equivalent operations if they cause
7597the required bits to be set, even if the remaining bits are undefined.
7598For example, on a machine whose comparison operators return an
7599@code{SImode} value and where @code{STORE_FLAG_VALUE} is defined as
7600@samp{0x80000000}, saying that just the sign bit is relevant, the
7601expression
7602
7603@smallexample
7604(ne:SI (and:SI @var{x} (const_int @var{power-of-2})) (const_int 0))
7605@end smallexample
7606
7607@noindent
7608can be converted to
7609
7610@smallexample
7611(ashift:SI @var{x} (const_int @var{n}))
7612@end smallexample
7613
7614@noindent
7615where @var{n} is the appropriate shift count to move the bit being
7616tested into the sign bit.
7617
7618There is no way to describe a machine that always sets the low-order bit
7619for a true value, but does not guarantee the value of any other bits,
7620but we do not know of any machine that has such an instruction.  If you
7621are trying to port GCC to such a machine, include an instruction to
7622perform a logical-and of the result with 1 in the pattern for the
7623comparison operators and let us know at @email{gcc@@gcc.gnu.org}.
7624
7625Often, a machine will have multiple instructions that obtain a value
7626from a comparison (or the condition codes).  Here are rules to guide the
7627choice of value for @code{STORE_FLAG_VALUE}, and hence the instructions
7628to be used:
7629
7630@itemize @bullet
7631@item
7632Use the shortest sequence that yields a valid definition for
7633@code{STORE_FLAG_VALUE}.  It is more efficient for the compiler to
7634``normalize'' the value (convert it to, e.g., 1 or 0) than for the
7635comparison operators to do so because there may be opportunities to
7636combine the normalization with other operations.
7637
7638@item
7639For equal-length sequences, use a value of 1 or @minus{}1, with @minus{}1 being
7640slightly preferred on machines with expensive jumps and 1 preferred on
7641other machines.
7642
7643@item
7644As a second choice, choose a value of @samp{0x80000001} if instructions
7645exist that set both the sign and low-order bits but do not define the
7646others.
7647
7648@item
7649Otherwise, use a value of @samp{0x80000000}.
7650@end itemize
7651
7652Many machines can produce both the value chosen for
7653@code{STORE_FLAG_VALUE} and its negation in the same number of
7654instructions.  On those machines, you should also define a pattern for
7655those cases, e.g., one matching
7656
7657@smallexample
7658(set @var{A} (neg:@var{m} (ne:@var{m} @var{B} @var{C})))
7659@end smallexample
7660
7661Some machines can also perform @code{and} or @code{plus} operations on
7662condition code values with less instructions than the corresponding
7663@samp{cstore@var{mode}4} insn followed by @code{and} or @code{plus}.  On those
7664machines, define the appropriate patterns.  Use the names @code{incscc}
7665and @code{decscc}, respectively, for the patterns which perform
7666@code{plus} or @code{minus} operations on condition code values.  See
7667@file{rs6000.md} for some examples.  The GNU Superoptimizer can be used to
7668find such instruction sequences on other machines.
7669
7670If this macro is not defined, the default value, 1, is used.  You need
7671not define @code{STORE_FLAG_VALUE} if the machine has no store-flag
7672instructions, or if the value generated by these instructions is 1.
7673@end defmac
7674
7675@defmac FLOAT_STORE_FLAG_VALUE (@var{mode})
7676A C expression that gives a nonzero @code{REAL_VALUE_TYPE} value that is
7677returned when comparison operators with floating-point results are true.
7678Define this macro on machines that have comparison operations that return
7679floating-point values.  If there are no such operations, do not define
7680this macro.
7681@end defmac
7682
7683@defmac VECTOR_STORE_FLAG_VALUE (@var{mode})
7684A C expression that gives an rtx representing the nonzero true element
7685for vector comparisons.  The returned rtx should be valid for the inner
7686mode of @var{mode} which is guaranteed to be a vector mode.  Define
7687this macro on machines that have vector comparison operations that
7688return a vector result.  If there are no such operations, do not define
7689this macro.  Typically, this macro is defined as @code{const1_rtx} or
7690@code{constm1_rtx}.  This macro may return @code{NULL_RTX} to prevent
7691the compiler optimizing such vector comparison operations for the
7692given mode.
7693@end defmac
7694
7695@defmac CLZ_DEFINED_VALUE_AT_ZERO (@var{mode}, @var{value})
7696@defmacx CTZ_DEFINED_VALUE_AT_ZERO (@var{mode}, @var{value})
7697A C expression that indicates whether the architecture defines a value
7698for @code{clz} or @code{ctz} with a zero operand.
7699A result of @code{0} indicates the value is undefined.
7700If the value is defined for only the RTL expression, the macro should
7701evaluate to @code{1}; if the value applies also to the corresponding optab
7702entry (which is normally the case if it expands directly into
7703the corresponding RTL), then the macro should evaluate to @code{2}.
7704In the cases where the value is defined, @var{value} should be set to
7705this value.
7706
7707If this macro is not defined, the value of @code{clz} or
7708@code{ctz} at zero is assumed to be undefined.
7709
7710This macro must be defined if the target's expansion for @code{ffs}
7711relies on a particular value to get correct results.  Otherwise it
7712is not necessary, though it may be used to optimize some corner cases, and
7713to provide a default expansion for the @code{ffs} optab.
7714
7715Note that regardless of this macro the ``definedness'' of @code{clz}
7716and @code{ctz} at zero do @emph{not} extend to the builtin functions
7717visible to the user.  Thus one may be free to adjust the value at will
7718to match the target expansion of these operations without fear of
7719breaking the API@.
7720@end defmac
7721
7722@defmac Pmode
7723An alias for the machine mode for pointers.  On most machines, define
7724this to be the integer mode corresponding to the width of a hardware
7725pointer; @code{SImode} on 32-bit machine or @code{DImode} on 64-bit machines.
7726On some machines you must define this to be one of the partial integer
7727modes, such as @code{PSImode}.
7728
7729The width of @code{Pmode} must be at least as large as the value of
7730@code{POINTER_SIZE}.  If it is not equal, you must define the macro
7731@code{POINTERS_EXTEND_UNSIGNED} to specify how pointers are extended
7732to @code{Pmode}.
7733@end defmac
7734
7735@defmac FUNCTION_MODE
7736An alias for the machine mode used for memory references to functions
7737being called, in @code{call} RTL expressions.  On most CISC machines,
7738where an instruction can begin at any byte address, this should be
7739@code{QImode}.  On most RISC machines, where all instructions have fixed
7740size and alignment, this should be a mode with the same size and alignment
7741as the machine instruction words - typically @code{SImode} or @code{HImode}.
7742@end defmac
7743
7744@defmac STDC_0_IN_SYSTEM_HEADERS
7745In normal operation, the preprocessor expands @code{__STDC__} to the
7746constant 1, to signify that GCC conforms to ISO Standard C@.  On some
7747hosts, like Solaris, the system compiler uses a different convention,
7748where @code{__STDC__} is normally 0, but is 1 if the user specifies
7749strict conformance to the C Standard.
7750
7751Defining @code{STDC_0_IN_SYSTEM_HEADERS} makes GNU CPP follows the host
7752convention when processing system header files, but when processing user
7753files @code{__STDC__} will always expand to 1.
7754@end defmac
7755
7756@hook TARGET_C_PREINCLUDE
7757
7758@hook TARGET_CXX_IMPLICIT_EXTERN_C
7759
7760@defmac SYSTEM_IMPLICIT_EXTERN_C
7761Define this macro if the system header files do not support C++@.
7762This macro handles system header files by pretending that system
7763header files are enclosed in @samp{extern "C" @{@dots{}@}}.
7764@end defmac
7765
7766@findex #pragma
7767@findex pragma
7768@defmac REGISTER_TARGET_PRAGMAS ()
7769Define this macro if you want to implement any target-specific pragmas.
7770If defined, it is a C expression which makes a series of calls to
7771@code{c_register_pragma} or @code{c_register_pragma_with_expansion}
7772for each pragma.  The macro may also do any
7773setup required for the pragmas.
7774
7775The primary reason to define this macro is to provide compatibility with
7776other compilers for the same target.  In general, we discourage
7777definition of target-specific pragmas for GCC@.
7778
7779If the pragma can be implemented by attributes then you should consider
7780defining the target hook @samp{TARGET_INSERT_ATTRIBUTES} as well.
7781
7782Preprocessor macros that appear on pragma lines are not expanded.  All
7783@samp{#pragma} directives that do not match any registered pragma are
7784silently ignored, unless the user specifies @option{-Wunknown-pragmas}.
7785@end defmac
7786
7787@deftypefun void c_register_pragma (const char *@var{space}, const char *@var{name}, void (*@var{callback}) (struct cpp_reader *))
7788@deftypefunx void c_register_pragma_with_expansion (const char *@var{space}, const char *@var{name}, void (*@var{callback}) (struct cpp_reader *))
7789
7790Each call to @code{c_register_pragma} or
7791@code{c_register_pragma_with_expansion} establishes one pragma.  The
7792@var{callback} routine will be called when the preprocessor encounters a
7793pragma of the form
7794
7795@smallexample
7796#pragma [@var{space}] @var{name} @dots{}
7797@end smallexample
7798
7799@var{space} is the case-sensitive namespace of the pragma, or
7800@code{NULL} to put the pragma in the global namespace.  The callback
7801routine receives @var{pfile} as its first argument, which can be passed
7802on to cpplib's functions if necessary.  You can lex tokens after the
7803@var{name} by calling @code{pragma_lex}.  Tokens that are not read by the
7804callback will be silently ignored.  The end of the line is indicated by
7805a token of type @code{CPP_EOF}.  Macro expansion occurs on the
7806arguments of pragmas registered with
7807@code{c_register_pragma_with_expansion} but not on the arguments of
7808pragmas registered with @code{c_register_pragma}.
7809
7810Note that the use of @code{pragma_lex} is specific to the C and C++
7811compilers.  It will not work in the Java or Fortran compilers, or any
7812other language compilers for that matter.  Thus if @code{pragma_lex} is going
7813to be called from target-specific code, it must only be done so when
7814building the C and C++ compilers.  This can be done by defining the
7815variables @code{c_target_objs} and @code{cxx_target_objs} in the
7816target entry in the @file{config.gcc} file.  These variables should name
7817the target-specific, language-specific object file which contains the
7818code that uses @code{pragma_lex}.  Note it will also be necessary to add a
7819rule to the makefile fragment pointed to by @code{tmake_file} that shows
7820how to build this object file.
7821@end deftypefun
7822
7823@defmac HANDLE_PRAGMA_PACK_WITH_EXPANSION
7824Define this macro if macros should be expanded in the
7825arguments of @samp{#pragma pack}.
7826@end defmac
7827
7828@defmac TARGET_DEFAULT_PACK_STRUCT
7829If your target requires a structure packing default other than 0 (meaning
7830the machine default), define this macro to the necessary value (in bytes).
7831This must be a value that would also be valid to use with
7832@samp{#pragma pack()} (that is, a small power of two).
7833@end defmac
7834
7835@defmac DOLLARS_IN_IDENTIFIERS
7836Define this macro to control use of the character @samp{$} in
7837identifier names for the C family of languages.  0 means @samp{$} is
7838not allowed by default; 1 means it is allowed.  1 is the default;
7839there is no need to define this macro in that case.
7840@end defmac
7841
7842@defmac INSN_SETS_ARE_DELAYED (@var{insn})
7843Define this macro as a C expression that is nonzero if it is safe for the
7844delay slot scheduler to place instructions in the delay slot of @var{insn},
7845even if they appear to use a resource set or clobbered in @var{insn}.
7846@var{insn} is always a @code{jump_insn} or an @code{insn}; GCC knows that
7847every @code{call_insn} has this behavior.  On machines where some @code{insn}
7848or @code{jump_insn} is really a function call and hence has this behavior,
7849you should define this macro.
7850
7851You need not define this macro if it would always return zero.
7852@end defmac
7853
7854@defmac INSN_REFERENCES_ARE_DELAYED (@var{insn})
7855Define this macro as a C expression that is nonzero if it is safe for the
7856delay slot scheduler to place instructions in the delay slot of @var{insn},
7857even if they appear to set or clobber a resource referenced in @var{insn}.
7858@var{insn} is always a @code{jump_insn} or an @code{insn}.  On machines where
7859some @code{insn} or @code{jump_insn} is really a function call and its operands
7860are registers whose use is actually in the subroutine it calls, you should
7861define this macro.  Doing so allows the delay slot scheduler to move
7862instructions which copy arguments into the argument registers into the delay
7863slot of @var{insn}.
7864
7865You need not define this macro if it would always return zero.
7866@end defmac
7867
7868@defmac MULTIPLE_SYMBOL_SPACES
7869Define this macro as a C expression that is nonzero if, in some cases,
7870global symbols from one translation unit may not be bound to undefined
7871symbols in another translation unit without user intervention.  For
7872instance, under Microsoft Windows symbols must be explicitly imported
7873from shared libraries (DLLs).
7874
7875You need not define this macro if it would always evaluate to zero.
7876@end defmac
7877
7878@hook TARGET_MD_ASM_ADJUST
7879
7880@defmac MATH_LIBRARY
7881Define this macro as a C string constant for the linker argument to link
7882in the system math library, minus the initial @samp{"-l"}, or
7883@samp{""} if the target does not have a
7884separate math library.
7885
7886You need only define this macro if the default of @samp{"m"} is wrong.
7887@end defmac
7888
7889@defmac LIBRARY_PATH_ENV
7890Define this macro as a C string constant for the environment variable that
7891specifies where the linker should look for libraries.
7892
7893You need only define this macro if the default of @samp{"LIBRARY_PATH"}
7894is wrong.
7895@end defmac
7896
7897@defmac TARGET_POSIX_IO
7898Define this macro if the target supports the following POSIX@ file
7899functions, access, mkdir and  file locking with fcntl / F_SETLKW@.
7900Defining @code{TARGET_POSIX_IO} will enable the test coverage code
7901to use file locking when exiting a program, which avoids race conditions
7902if the program has forked. It will also create directories at run-time
7903for cross-profiling.
7904@end defmac
7905
7906@defmac MAX_CONDITIONAL_EXECUTE
7907
7908A C expression for the maximum number of instructions to execute via
7909conditional execution instructions instead of a branch.  A value of
7910@code{BRANCH_COST}+1 is the default if the machine does not use cc0, and
79111 if it does use cc0.
7912@end defmac
7913
7914@defmac IFCVT_MODIFY_TESTS (@var{ce_info}, @var{true_expr}, @var{false_expr})
7915Used if the target needs to perform machine-dependent modifications on the
7916conditionals used for turning basic blocks into conditionally executed code.
7917@var{ce_info} points to a data structure, @code{struct ce_if_block}, which
7918contains information about the currently processed blocks.  @var{true_expr}
7919and @var{false_expr} are the tests that are used for converting the
7920then-block and the else-block, respectively.  Set either @var{true_expr} or
7921@var{false_expr} to a null pointer if the tests cannot be converted.
7922@end defmac
7923
7924@defmac IFCVT_MODIFY_MULTIPLE_TESTS (@var{ce_info}, @var{bb}, @var{true_expr}, @var{false_expr})
7925Like @code{IFCVT_MODIFY_TESTS}, but used when converting more complicated
7926if-statements into conditions combined by @code{and} and @code{or} operations.
7927@var{bb} contains the basic block that contains the test that is currently
7928being processed and about to be turned into a condition.
7929@end defmac
7930
7931@defmac IFCVT_MODIFY_INSN (@var{ce_info}, @var{pattern}, @var{insn})
7932A C expression to modify the @var{PATTERN} of an @var{INSN} that is to
7933be converted to conditional execution format.  @var{ce_info} points to
7934a data structure, @code{struct ce_if_block}, which contains information
7935about the currently processed blocks.
7936@end defmac
7937
7938@defmac IFCVT_MODIFY_FINAL (@var{ce_info})
7939A C expression to perform any final machine dependent modifications in
7940converting code to conditional execution.  The involved basic blocks
7941can be found in the @code{struct ce_if_block} structure that is pointed
7942to by @var{ce_info}.
7943@end defmac
7944
7945@defmac IFCVT_MODIFY_CANCEL (@var{ce_info})
7946A C expression to cancel any machine dependent modifications in
7947converting code to conditional execution.  The involved basic blocks
7948can be found in the @code{struct ce_if_block} structure that is pointed
7949to by @var{ce_info}.
7950@end defmac
7951
7952@defmac IFCVT_MACHDEP_INIT (@var{ce_info})
7953A C expression to initialize any machine specific data for if-conversion
7954of the if-block in the @code{struct ce_if_block} structure that is pointed
7955to by @var{ce_info}.
7956@end defmac
7957
7958@hook TARGET_MACHINE_DEPENDENT_REORG
7959
7960@hook TARGET_INIT_BUILTINS
7961
7962@hook TARGET_BUILTIN_DECL
7963
7964@hook TARGET_EXPAND_BUILTIN
7965
7966@hook TARGET_RESOLVE_OVERLOADED_BUILTIN
7967
7968@hook TARGET_CHECK_BUILTIN_CALL
7969
7970@hook TARGET_FOLD_BUILTIN
7971
7972@hook TARGET_GIMPLE_FOLD_BUILTIN
7973
7974@hook TARGET_COMPARE_VERSION_PRIORITY
7975
7976@hook TARGET_GET_FUNCTION_VERSIONS_DISPATCHER
7977
7978@hook TARGET_GENERATE_VERSION_DISPATCHER_BODY
7979
7980@hook TARGET_PREDICT_DOLOOP_P
7981
7982@hook TARGET_HAVE_COUNT_REG_DECR_P
7983
7984@hook TARGET_DOLOOP_COST_FOR_GENERIC
7985
7986@hook TARGET_DOLOOP_COST_FOR_ADDRESS
7987
7988@hook TARGET_CAN_USE_DOLOOP_P
7989
7990@hook TARGET_INVALID_WITHIN_DOLOOP
7991
7992@hook TARGET_LEGITIMATE_COMBINED_INSN
7993
7994@hook TARGET_CAN_FOLLOW_JUMP
7995
7996@hook TARGET_COMMUTATIVE_P
7997
7998@hook TARGET_ALLOCATE_INITIAL_VALUE
7999
8000@hook TARGET_UNSPEC_MAY_TRAP_P
8001
8002@hook TARGET_SET_CURRENT_FUNCTION
8003
8004@defmac TARGET_OBJECT_SUFFIX
8005Define this macro to be a C string representing the suffix for object
8006files on your target machine.  If you do not define this macro, GCC will
8007use @samp{.o} as the suffix for object files.
8008@end defmac
8009
8010@defmac TARGET_EXECUTABLE_SUFFIX
8011Define this macro to be a C string representing the suffix to be
8012automatically added to executable files on your target machine.  If you
8013do not define this macro, GCC will use the null string as the suffix for
8014executable files.
8015@end defmac
8016
8017@defmac COLLECT_EXPORT_LIST
8018If defined, @code{collect2} will scan the individual object files
8019specified on its command line and create an export list for the linker.
8020Define this macro for systems like AIX, where the linker discards
8021object files that are not referenced from @code{main} and uses export
8022lists.
8023@end defmac
8024
8025@hook TARGET_CANNOT_MODIFY_JUMPS_P
8026
8027@hook TARGET_HAVE_CONDITIONAL_EXECUTION
8028
8029@hook TARGET_GEN_CCMP_FIRST
8030
8031@hook TARGET_GEN_CCMP_NEXT
8032
8033@hook TARGET_LOOP_UNROLL_ADJUST
8034
8035@defmac POWI_MAX_MULTS
8036If defined, this macro is interpreted as a signed integer C expression
8037that specifies the maximum number of floating point multiplications
8038that should be emitted when expanding exponentiation by an integer
8039constant inline.  When this value is defined, exponentiation requiring
8040more than this number of multiplications is implemented by calling the
8041system library's @code{pow}, @code{powf} or @code{powl} routines.
8042The default value places no upper bound on the multiplication count.
8043@end defmac
8044
8045@deftypefn Macro void TARGET_EXTRA_INCLUDES (const char *@var{sysroot}, const char *@var{iprefix}, int @var{stdinc})
8046This target hook should register any extra include files for the
8047target.  The parameter @var{stdinc} indicates if normal include files
8048are present.  The parameter @var{sysroot} is the system root directory.
8049The parameter @var{iprefix} is the prefix for the gcc directory.
8050@end deftypefn
8051
8052@deftypefn Macro void TARGET_EXTRA_PRE_INCLUDES (const char *@var{sysroot}, const char *@var{iprefix}, int @var{stdinc})
8053This target hook should register any extra include files for the
8054target before any standard headers.  The parameter @var{stdinc}
8055indicates if normal include files are present.  The parameter
8056@var{sysroot} is the system root directory.  The parameter
8057@var{iprefix} is the prefix for the gcc directory.
8058@end deftypefn
8059
8060@deftypefn Macro void TARGET_OPTF (char *@var{path})
8061This target hook should register special include paths for the target.
8062The parameter @var{path} is the include to register.  On Darwin
8063systems, this is used for Framework includes, which have semantics
8064that are different from @option{-I}.
8065@end deftypefn
8066
8067@defmac bool TARGET_USE_LOCAL_THUNK_ALIAS_P (tree @var{fndecl})
8068This target macro returns @code{true} if it is safe to use a local alias
8069for a virtual function @var{fndecl} when constructing thunks,
8070@code{false} otherwise.  By default, the macro returns @code{true} for all
8071functions, if a target supports aliases (i.e.@: defines
8072@code{ASM_OUTPUT_DEF}), @code{false} otherwise,
8073@end defmac
8074
8075@defmac TARGET_FORMAT_TYPES
8076If defined, this macro is the name of a global variable containing
8077target-specific format checking information for the @option{-Wformat}
8078option.  The default is to have no target-specific format checks.
8079@end defmac
8080
8081@defmac TARGET_N_FORMAT_TYPES
8082If defined, this macro is the number of entries in
8083@code{TARGET_FORMAT_TYPES}.
8084@end defmac
8085
8086@defmac TARGET_OVERRIDES_FORMAT_ATTRIBUTES
8087If defined, this macro is the name of a global variable containing
8088target-specific format overrides for the @option{-Wformat} option. The
8089default is to have no target-specific format overrides. If defined,
8090@code{TARGET_FORMAT_TYPES} must be defined, too.
8091@end defmac
8092
8093@defmac TARGET_OVERRIDES_FORMAT_ATTRIBUTES_COUNT
8094If defined, this macro specifies the number of entries in
8095@code{TARGET_OVERRIDES_FORMAT_ATTRIBUTES}.
8096@end defmac
8097
8098@defmac TARGET_OVERRIDES_FORMAT_INIT
8099If defined, this macro specifies the optional initialization
8100routine for target specific customizations of the system printf
8101and scanf formatter settings.
8102@end defmac
8103
8104@hook TARGET_INVALID_ARG_FOR_UNPROTOTYPED_FN
8105
8106@hook TARGET_INVALID_CONVERSION
8107
8108@hook TARGET_INVALID_UNARY_OP
8109
8110@hook TARGET_INVALID_BINARY_OP
8111
8112@hook TARGET_PROMOTED_TYPE
8113
8114@hook TARGET_CONVERT_TO_TYPE
8115
8116@hook TARGET_VERIFY_TYPE_CONTEXT
8117
8118@defmac OBJC_JBLEN
8119This macro determines the size of the objective C jump buffer for the
8120NeXT runtime. By default, OBJC_JBLEN is defined to an innocuous value.
8121@end defmac
8122
8123@defmac LIBGCC2_UNWIND_ATTRIBUTE
8124Define this macro if any target-specific attributes need to be attached
8125to the functions in @file{libgcc} that provide low-level support for
8126call stack unwinding.  It is used in declarations in @file{unwind-generic.h}
8127and the associated definitions of those functions.
8128@end defmac
8129
8130@hook TARGET_UPDATE_STACK_BOUNDARY
8131
8132@hook TARGET_GET_DRAP_RTX
8133
8134@hook TARGET_ZERO_CALL_USED_REGS
8135
8136@hook TARGET_ALLOCATE_STACK_SLOTS_FOR_ARGS
8137
8138@hook TARGET_CONST_ANCHOR
8139
8140@hook TARGET_ASAN_SHADOW_OFFSET
8141
8142@hook TARGET_MEMMODEL_CHECK
8143
8144@hook TARGET_ATOMIC_TEST_AND_SET_TRUEVAL
8145
8146@hook TARGET_HAS_IFUNC_P
8147
8148@hook TARGET_ATOMIC_ALIGN_FOR_MODE
8149
8150@hook TARGET_ATOMIC_ASSIGN_EXPAND_FENV
8151
8152@hook TARGET_RECORD_OFFLOAD_SYMBOL
8153
8154@hook TARGET_OFFLOAD_OPTIONS
8155
8156@defmac TARGET_SUPPORTS_WIDE_INT
8157
8158On older ports, large integers are stored in @code{CONST_DOUBLE} rtl
8159objects.  Newer ports define @code{TARGET_SUPPORTS_WIDE_INT} to be nonzero
8160to indicate that large integers are stored in
8161@code{CONST_WIDE_INT} rtl objects.  The @code{CONST_WIDE_INT} allows
8162very large integer constants to be represented.  @code{CONST_DOUBLE}
8163is limited to twice the size of the host's @code{HOST_WIDE_INT}
8164representation.
8165
8166Converting a port mostly requires looking for the places where
8167@code{CONST_DOUBLE}s are used with @code{VOIDmode} and replacing that
8168code with code that accesses @code{CONST_WIDE_INT}s.  @samp{"grep -i
8169const_double"} at the port level gets you to 95% of the changes that
8170need to be made.  There are a few places that require a deeper look.
8171
8172@itemize @bullet
8173@item
8174There is no equivalent to @code{hval} and @code{lval} for
8175@code{CONST_WIDE_INT}s.  This would be difficult to express in the md
8176language since there are a variable number of elements.
8177
8178Most ports only check that @code{hval} is either 0 or -1 to see if the
8179value is small.  As mentioned above, this will no longer be necessary
8180since small constants are always @code{CONST_INT}.  Of course there
8181are still a few exceptions, the alpha's constraint used by the zap
8182instruction certainly requires careful examination by C code.
8183However, all the current code does is pass the hval and lval to C
8184code, so evolving the c code to look at the @code{CONST_WIDE_INT} is
8185not really a large change.
8186
8187@item
8188Because there is no standard template that ports use to materialize
8189constants, there is likely to be some futzing that is unique to each
8190port in this code.
8191
8192@item
8193The rtx costs may have to be adjusted to properly account for larger
8194constants that are represented as @code{CONST_WIDE_INT}.
8195@end itemize
8196
8197All and all it does not take long to convert ports that the
8198maintainer is familiar with.
8199
8200@end defmac
8201
8202@hook TARGET_HAVE_SPECULATION_SAFE_VALUE
8203
8204@hook TARGET_SPECULATION_SAFE_VALUE
8205
8206@hook TARGET_RUN_TARGET_SELFTESTS
8207
8208@hook TARGET_MEMTAG_CAN_TAG_ADDRESSES
8209
8210@hook TARGET_MEMTAG_TAG_SIZE
8211
8212@hook TARGET_MEMTAG_GRANULE_SIZE
8213
8214@hook TARGET_MEMTAG_INSERT_RANDOM_TAG
8215
8216@hook TARGET_MEMTAG_ADD_TAG
8217
8218@hook TARGET_MEMTAG_SET_TAG
8219
8220@hook TARGET_MEMTAG_EXTRACT_TAG
8221
8222@hook TARGET_MEMTAG_UNTAGGED_POINTER
8223